


还剩115页未读,
继续阅读
人教版八年级上册英语Unit 1 Where did you go on vacation 同步学案
展开
这是一份人教版八年级上册英语Unit 1 Where did you go on vacation 同步学案,共118页。
Unit 1 Where did you go on vacation?第一课时Section A(1a--1c)【学习目标】复习回顾动词一般过去时的用法。2.会运用下列短语:stay at home ,go to New York City ,visit my uncle ,go to summer camp ,go to the mountains ,go to the beach ,visit museums .3.能描述以下重要句型:1).Where did you go on vacation? ----I went to the mountains .2).Where did Tina go on vacation? ----She went to the mountains .【学习重难点】 1.能说出相关活动的单词和短语。2.能运用本节课的重要句型进行问答。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时难点词汇。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。二.写出下列动词的过去式。1. stay________ 2. visit________ 3. do________ 4. does________ 5. have________ 6. has________ 7. is_________ 8. am_______ 9. are________ 10. go_______ 11. spend_______ 12. buy_______ 13.study ________ 14. enjoy_______ 15. get_______ 16. run_______ 17.see___________18. play________ 19.come________20.write________三.我是小小翻译官。1.呆在家里______________ 2.去山区____________ 3.去沙滩_____________ 4.参观博物馆_______________ 5.去夏令营______________ 6.看望我的叔叔______________ 7.去纽约市____________ 8.去度假________________9.你去哪儿度假了?_________________________________________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:Where did you go on vacation? 翻译:______________________________本句是由where 引导的特殊疑问句,询问过去去哪里了,故用一般过去时。Where为疑问副词,其引导的特殊疑问句的一般过去时的句型为:“Where+did+主语+动词原形+其他?”回答时要用具体的地点来回答。 on vacation意为“在度假”,相当于 on a vacation ,介词on用来表示活动的目的或状态。注意:vacation 主要用于美式英语中,英式英语中常用holiday表示“假期”。试一试:(1)-________ did you ________ last weekend? 上周周末你去了哪里? (2)There are many people here ________ ________ .有许多人在这儿度假。探究二:动词一般过去式的变化规则。(一)规则动词的过去式变化如下: 1、一般情况下,动词词尾加 -ed ,如: work--worked play---played want----wanted visit----visited 2、以不发音的 -e 结尾动词,动词词尾加 -d ,如: live---lived move----moved taste---tasted hope---hoped 3、以辅音字母 + y结尾的动词,把-y变为-i 再加-ed,如: study---studied copy---copied cry---cried carry---carried 4、以一个辅音字母结尾的重读闭音节动词,双写词尾辅音字母,再加 -ed,如: stop ---stopped (二)不规则动词的过去式需特殊记。 am,is—was,are—were,build—built,do—did,eat—ate,fall—fell,feel—felt,find—found,fly—flew,go—went,have /has— had,hold—held,leave—left,make—made,may—might,run—ran,see—saw,take—took 【检测互评】一、单项选择。( )1. — How ________you ________your summer vacation? — I visited Xi’an. A. do,spend B. did,spend C. did,spent( )2.I didn’t go to Beijing________ vacation.I stayed_______ home. A. for, in B. on, at C. on, in ( )3.- ________ did Tina go last week? - she went to the mountains . A. What B. When C. Where ( )4.-Where did she go on vacation? - She__________ . A. went to the beach B. went the New York City C. stay at home 二.根据汉语完成句子,每空一词。1.“你去哪里度假了?”“我去了海滩。” -W here________ you ________ on __________ ?-I went to the _________ .2.我没有呆在家里,我去山区了。 I ________ ________ at home. I ________ ________ ________ ________ .3.上星期六我去看望了我的叔叔。I ________ my uncle last Saturday.【总结提升】我的收获: 我的不足: Unit 1 Where did you go on vacation?第二课时Section A(2a—2d)【学习目标】1.能运用下列单词和短语: anyone ,anywhere , wonderful ,few , quite a few , most ,go on vacation ,take photos ,study for tests ,go to Central Park ,buy anything special ,go out with anyone , do anything interesting , most of the time ,meet anyone interesting ,play volleyball .2.能灵活运用下列重要句型:(1)Where did you go on vacation? I went to New York City.(2)Did you go somewhere interesting? Yes,I did.(3)Long time no see.【学习重难点】 1.能运用相关活动的单词和短语。2.能运用本节课的重要句型进行问答。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.朗读本课时重点句型和学习目标,朗读2d 对话找出生词和难点并在文中标出来。二.我是小小翻译官。quite a few____________ go on vacation ____________ 拍照 ____________ 你去过中央公园吗?_______________________ 好久不见。__________________我上个月在度假。_______________________________________________我们在那儿拍了相当多的照片。_____________________________________ 我大多数时间呆在家里阅读和休息。_________________________________三.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:辨析不定代词anyone,someone,与any one1).Anyone与anybody相同,都表示“任何人”,与单数谓语动词连用,常用于疑问句,否定句和条件句。Someone与somebody相同,都表示“某些人”,与单数谓语动词连用,常用于肯定句。Any one则指某些人和事物中的任何一个,常与of短语连用。做主语,谓语动词用单数。例如:You can take any one of the books.你可以从这些书中任选一本。 Someone is knocking the door。有人在敲门。2).当形容词修饰不定代词时,形容词后置。例如:There wasn’t anyone else on this lonely island.并且在表建议和请求,以及希望对方做出肯定回答的句型中也可用some开头的不定代词。类似用法的复合不定代词还有:something,anything,somebody,anybody,somewhere,anywhere,everything,everybody,everyone,everywhere其中表否定的有nothing,nobody,nowhere,no one,你能总结出他们的用法吗?写在下列横线上。________________________________________________________________________试一试:1)-Would you like ____________ to eat?(anything /something)–Yes, please. 2)There is ___________ (something interesting / interesting something) in the newspaper.探究二:most of + 代词宾格”或“most of + 限定词 + 名词”表示“大部分...”,如果most of后面的名词或代词是复数,做主语时谓语就用复数,如果most of 后面的名词,代词是单数或者是不可数名词,做主语时谓语就用单数 .例如:Most of them are children.他们中大部分都是小孩。 Most of the earth is covered by water.地球中的大部分被水覆盖。探究三:辨析quite a few 与quite a little Quite a few意为“不少,相当多”,后接可数名词复数,quite a little也是“不少,相当多”的意思,但是它后面接不可数名词。另外a few 和a little表示“一点儿”但a few 后接可数名词,a little后接不可数名词;few和little表示“几乎没有”可直接当成否定词,但few后接可数名词,little后接不可数名词。试一试:There are_________books on the shelf,but they are not useful. A.quite a little B.quite a few C.very few【检测互评】一、单项选择。( )1.My host family tried to cook __________for me when I study in New Zealand. A. different something B.anything different C.something different( )2._______went to the mountains last weekend because of the bad weather. A.Someone B.No one C.Everyone二.根据句意和首字母提示完成单词。1.The school trip was w________ .We had great fun.2.-Did your sister go out with a________ ?-Yes,she went out with Julie.3.I took q________ a few photos at the Happy Vally.4.He stayed at home m________ of the time to watch TV.5.They went to summer c_______ and had a good time.【总结提升】我的收获: 我的不足: Unit 1 Where did you go on vacation?第三课时Section A(Grammar Focus—3c)【学习目标】能运用下列单词和短语: something,nothing, everyone, of course,myself ,yourself, hen, pig ,seem, bored, someone,diary,keep a diary,in the country,go shopping.2.能灵活运用以下重要句型:1).Did you go to the beach last Saturday? ---Yes, I did. No, I didn’t . 2).Where did you go on vacation? I went to New York City.3.How was the food? Everything tasted really good!3.进一步学习动词一般过去时的一般疑问句。【学习重难点】 一般过去时态的运用和复合不定代词的运用。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.自学Grammar Focus后,小组朗读、理解并总结。【自学互助】一.自主朗读本课时单词仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。二. 阅读学习语法附录中关于复合不定代词的用法,然后试做3a 和3b.三.我是小小翻译官。在晚上 ____________ 当然____________ 第一次 ____________ 在农村____________ 每个人都玩得高兴吗?___________________________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】朗读Grammar Focus,归纳总结。和同伴编对话,认真听、评。【质疑互究】探究一:taste意为“尝起来”,可作连系动词,后接形容词做表语,说明主语所处的状态。例如:The cake tastes delicious!你能把我们已学过的连系动词总结出来吗?,请写在下列横线上。____________________________________________________________________________探究二:Bye for now!用于信件的结束语“到此为止,就此止笔!”相当于Just stop here.探究三:Why don’t you do sth?表示“为什么不做某事呢”其简略形式为“Why not do sth?”常用来表示建议,征询意见,邀请等。例如:Why don’t you stay with us for some more days?为什么不和我们在呆几天呢? =Why not stay with us for some more days?试一试: ---Why not ______to the park now? ---Good idea!Let’s go. A.go B.to go C.goes D.going 探究四:seem 动词,“看来,似乎” ,常用于下列结构:主语 + seem + to do 例如:I seem to have a bad cold.我似乎感冒了。It seems that + 句子 ,可转化为 Sb seem(s) to do sth 例如:It seems that she is sleeping. =She seems to be sleeping.她好像在睡觉。主语 + seem ( +to be ) + 表语例如:Tom seems (to be)a very clever boy.Tom 看上去是个非常聪明的孩子。 试一试:He seems to have a lot of money.(改为同义句) _______ ________ ________ he has a lot of money. 【检测互评】用所给词的适当形式填空Everyone in our class______(like)Miss Gao.People would not like to do such jobs and would get _______(boring).I began to learn Japanese by ________( I ) last year.I am looking for a house _________ (live) in.Her son seems ________( be )asleep.What about ________(play)soccer together? Where did you _______(study) before you came here?Most of the money ________(be)not useful for her.She hardly ever buys things.9. Her father __________ (read) a newspaper last night.10. We _________ to the zoo yesterday, we ___________ to the park. (go)二.选择填空。( )1.You look too tired.Why not ________ a rest? A.stop to have B.to stop having C.stop having( )2.---How do you like the dumplings? ---They _______delicious,Are they made by your mother? A.sound B.taste C.feel D.look( )3.We need to go shopping .There is _______bananas at home. A.little B.Few C.many D.much( )4.You may take _______of these books,but you must return it on time. A.someone B.everyone C.anyone D.any one( )5.Most of the food________good to eat.Do you think so? A.is B.are C.am D.were( )6.The book is so ________ ,and I feel ________ . A.excited,boring B.boring,excited C.boring,bored D.bored,boring 【总结提升】我的收获: 我的不足: Unit 1 Where did you go on vacation?第四课时Section B (1a - 1e)【学习目标】1.复习形容词:delicious,exciting,terrible,expensive,cheap,boring...2.能用形容词描述假期中的事情。3.掌握和运用下列句型:1). Where did Tina go on vacation? ----She went to the beach.2). How was your/her/his vacation?3).what did you/he/she do?4).Did you/he/she…? 5).How was/were the…?【学习重难点】 一般过去时态的的各种句式运用。【学法指导】自学1a - 1e, 找出文中的形容词,小组讨论、理解。【自学互助】一、朗读本课时1a单词,仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆,然后按好坏分类(1b):二、朗读学习目标3所列的句型三、结合和运用学习目标3所列的句型和问题谈论自己的假期。(对话或自述/编)。四、把下列单词按要求归类:exciting expensive delicious cheap terrible boring friendly clean beautiful wonderful :________________________________________________________________:________________________________________________________________五、选用第1题的单词描述自己假期旅游中如下所列有关项目的情况(没有旅游的可以虚构)。The people_____________ the food____________ The weather____________ the stores___________The fun park___________ the vacation__________六、通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】小组比赛读单词,小组理解新句型,用心听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:小组复习总结一般过去时态的结构以及各种句式。探究二:比较一般过去时态与一般现在时态的区别。【检测互评】一.用所给词的正确形式填空。1.I ______( like ) oranges when I was young.But now I ________(not like) them.2. My mother often ________( stay) at home on Sundays, but last Sunday she _________( not stay) at home ,she _________(go) to the park.3.Wei Hua __________ (have)a busy day yesterday.4.He ___________(visit) the Great Wall(长城) last year.5.We____________(have) a good time yesterday.6.We __________(go) to school by bus last Saturday.7.I __________(live)in the village when I was a child.9.Mike__________(see) a big tiger in the park just now.10.Sam___________ (do) the housework last night.11.________(do) you _________(enjoy) yourself yesterday?12.________(do)you __________(play) the violin in the art room on Sundays?Yes , I always___________(draw)some pictures there.二.句型转换(改为一般疑问句和否定句)。1. I went to Sanya last year. ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________2 Jim went out with his family last night. ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________3. We fed some hens and some pigs in the countryside._________________________________________________________________________________________________________4.Kate had something to do at school last week._______________________________________________________________________________________________________________They did something fun on the beach. ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________I bought something special for my mother.__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________三.选择方框中合适的词填空。delicious,terrible, expensive, cheap, exciting, boring1.The stores there were ________ ,so I bought nothing.2.I like Chinese food.It’s ________ .3.I don’t have much money.I want to buy something ________ .4.The film is ________ .Why not go to see it with us?5.The weather was ________ .We did nothing but stay at our hotel. It was________ .【总结提升】我的收获: 我的不足: Unit 1 Where did you go on vacation?第五课时Section B (2a - 4)【学习目标】学习掌握下列单词:activity,enjoyable,Penang,Malaysia,decide,try,paragliding,feel like,Malaysian,bicycle,Georgetown ,building, Weld Quay,trader, wonder,...2.模仿有关范文用英语描述假期的情况。3.掌握和运用文中出现的重要词语、短语。【学习重难点】1.培养阅读能力.2.掌握文章中的语法点及词组.通读课文,仔细理解课文的意思,并可以仿照课文例句造句。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.自读课文,用双色笔勾出重点单词和短语。【自学互助】一.阅读2b的两篇日记,勾画不懂的或者你认为难理解的词句,并做好标记。通读课文。二。仔细理解课文的意思,并可以仿照课文例句造句。三.我是小小翻译官。到达_________________ 决定做……____________ 在过去________________ 试着做... ____________ 尽力做…… ___________ 骑自行车去...__________大量的/许多的_________ 100年前_______________ 喜欢做某事_____________ 等待…… ______________由于…_________________ 升起___________________山顶___________________ 沿途___________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【【展示互导】读课文,纠正语音。【质疑互究】探究一:辨析Arrive ,get,reach的异同:.arrive表示到达,其后接in和at.arrive at 后接小地点,arrive in 后接大地点.get 表示到达,其后接to后才能接地点,即get to + 地点3).reach表示到达,后面可直接接地点,即reach + 地点注意 : get to,arrive in /at后若接副词here,there,home时,to/at/in则省略。 试一试: (1)They _______ _______office at 9.30 yesterday. (2)When will the plane________Beijing . (3)We ________ _________Shanghai by train.探究二:辨析try to do sth,try doing sth.Try to do sth意为“努力,尽力去做某事”指试图去做。Try doing sth意为“试着做某事”,指动作真的进行了或者正在进行。Try to do sth 相当于try one’s best to do sth(尽某人最大努力干某事)。 试一试:我尽了我的最大努力去学好英语。_______________________________________探究三:试比较because与because of的异同: Because 做连词,后接原因状语从句。例如:I was late ,because it was rainy. Because of 作复合介词,后接名词,代词,动名词(短语)。例如:I was late because of the rain.有时两者可以相互转换。试一试:We didn’t go to school because it rained. =We didn’t go to school _______ _________the rain.探究四:enough作形容词修饰名词可放名词前,也可放名词后,enough作副词修饰形容词,副词和动词时,放在其后。例如:There is enough food for everybody. He does his homework carefully enough.试一试: This movie wasn’t ________.He fell asleep half way through it. A.interesting enough B.enough interesting C.interested enough 【检测互评】一.选择填空。 ( )1. I found some boys ________basket in the garden. A. plays B. played C. playing ( )2. What did they decide ________at last? A. do B. to do C. doing ( )3. We had great fun ________in the school. A. play B. played C. playing ( )4. When will the plane________Shanghai? A. get B. Arrive at C. reach ( )5. This movie wasn’t ________.He feel asleep half way through it. A. interesting enough B.interested enough C.enough interesting ( )6.She is _______afraid________she can’t talk in front of the class. A.such,that B.too,to C.so,that二.根据句意和首字母提示完成单词。I’ll w_______for you there until (直到)you arrive.At the t_______ of the building there is a red flag.In china we learn English a______a second language.We had a w______time last time.【总结提升】我的收获: 我的不足: Unit 1 Where did you go on vacation?第六课时 Self check一、选择填空.( )1. You have just read the newspaper.Did you find________in it ? A.interesting anything B.anything interesting C.interesting something( )2. The boy named Mike ________.Let me go and wake him up. A. sleep B. sleeps C. is sleeping D. to sleep( )3. I don’t want to eat ________,I’m not feeling well. A. everything B. nothing C. anything D. something( )4. The food there is ________.I’ll take you there next time. A. delicious B. terrible C. awful D. bad( )5. I ________you yesterday afternoon,but you ________at home. A.call,aren’t B.am calling,aren’t C.called,were D.called,weren’t( )6. I need ________them ________these clothes. A.to help,to sell B.help,sell C.to help,selling D. help,selling( )7. I didn’t really enjoy it,________the shops were too crowded. A. so B. because C. but D. or( )8. I don’t remember where and when I _______this umbrella. A. buy B. Have bought C. will buy D. bought( )9. Mom often tells me ________computer games too much. A. not play B. not to play C. not playing D. a play( )10. Jack asked Jim ________his telephone number. A. remember B. remembers C. remembering D. to remember二、句型转换.1. Don’t come late to school. (改为同意句) Don’t ________late ________school.2. They went to do some shopping yesterday afternoon. (改为同意句) They ________ ________ yesterday afternoon.3. They wanted to go to Africa on vacation. (改为否定句) They ________ _______to go to Africa on vacation.4. We had some hamburgers and fruit for lunch. (对画线部分提问) ________did you ________for lunch?三、完形填空 My father works in a shop. It’s near an English 1 .Every day the students come to 2 things. In the morning my father gets up 3 six and after breakfast he 4 his bike to the shop. He 5 there at about six fifty. The shop 6 at seven. The shop sells things 7 food and drink. He has school things,too. So there 8 often lots of people in his shop 9 morning to evening. My father is very friendly 10 the students and they like my father very much.( )1. A. farm B. factory C. school D. river ( )2. A. buy B. sell C. take D. want ( )3. A. on B. in C. at D. from ( )4. A. on B. by C. rides D. riding( )5. A. got B. gets C. stays D. looks ( )6. A. opens B. open C. is opening D. is open ( )7. A. with B. like C. for D. about ( )8. A. are B. come C. have D. see ( )9. A. in B. from C. on D. at ( )10. A. to B. at C. with D. for四、阅读理解. Last week,the teacher told us that there were many old things in the museum. So we decided to go and see them. Yesterday we went there on foot because the museum was not far from our school,and the weather was warm. The sun was shining. We walked down Zhongshan Road and turned left at the second crossing . We found it on the left. It was between a bookshop and a library.Many people were there, but most of them were students. When the guide explained (讲解), we listened carefully. There we learned a lot.根据短文内容,判断句子正(A)误(B)。( )1. The teacher told them about the museum yesterday.( )2. It was a sunny day when they went to visit the museum.( )3. They went to the museum on foot.( )4. The museum was far from their school.( )5. Most of the visitors were students.五、书面表达.写一篇旅行日记。要求:1.介绍旅行的时间,地点,人物,天气等。 2.介绍本次旅行的经过。 3.介绍对于本次旅行的感受。____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Unit 2 How often do you exercise?第一课时Section A (1a--1c ) 【学习目标】1.能听、说、读、写下列单词和短语:help with housework, read, exercise, watch TV, do the dishes, go to the movies, go shopping, always,usually,often, sometimes, hardly ever,never, on weekends.2.复习回顾动词一般现在时态的用法。3.掌握和运用下列语句:(1)-What do they usually do on weekends? -They usually go to the movies.(2)I usually watch TV.(3)He hardly ever goes shopping.【学习重难点】 1.能掌握和运用表频率的副词。2.一般现在时态的熟练运用。【学法指导】查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。三.1.写出下列频率副词(参考课本p113)(100%)_______(80%)________(30-50%)_______(20%)_______(5%)_______(0%)________ 2.我是小小翻译官。go to the movies 看电视 help with housework______________ _____________ 锻炼do some reading___________ ______________去睡觉hardly ever_______________ 在周末 踢足球 做作业 四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:on weekends意为“在周末”,on用于在星期几,在某一节日,在具体某一天,在某一特定日子的上午,下午或者晚上,以及固定短语中。注意 当表示时间的名词前有last,next,this,that等词修饰时,前面通常不用on等介词。探究二:辨析sometimes,some times,sometime,some time,Sometimes是一个频率副词,相当于at times ,意为“有时”,可放句中,句首,句末。Some times 意为“几次,几倍”。其中time是可数名词,意为“次数,倍数”。例如:I have been to Beijing some times.Sometime是一个副词,意为“在某个时候,日后”,指一个不确定的时间,常用于一般过去时或一般将来时。例如:I saw her in the street sometime last month.上月某个时候我在街上见过她。 We will have a sports meeting sometime next week.我们下周某时会开运动会。Some time 意为“一段时间”,在句中与延续性动词连用。例如:I waited for you for some time.等你一些时候了。练一练: He said he would come to see us _______the next afternoon. A.sometimes B.sometime C.some time D.some times【检测互评】一、根据句意及首字母提示完成单词。1. Jim is n late for school.He is a good boy. 2. The lazy boy h ever helps others. 3. My brother a goes to school early, so he’s never late.4. The running star e every day.5. I often read some interesting books on w___________ .6. W________ do you do when you are free? I often go to the movies.7. Anna often helps her mother with h____________ .二、单项选择。( )1. -Do you understand me? -Sorry, I can ________ hear you clearly. A.almost B.ever C.nearly D.hardly( )2. He often comes to work early and he is ________late for work. A.usually B.never C.often D.always( )3. -Jim ,can you help me ________ the housework? -Of course. A.with B.in C.doing D.did( )4. Lingling goes to the movies with her friends ________ . A.sometime B.some time C.sometimes D.some times( )5. -What does your sister do on weekends? -Nothing much. She usually ________ . A.go to the movies B.exercise C.reading D.goes shopping 【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________________ 我的不足:__________________________________________________________________ Unit 2 How often do you exercise?第二课时Section A (2a--2d) 【学习目标】1.能听、说、读、写下列单词和短语:Internet, program, use the Internet,favorite program, Animal World,swing dance, how often,every day,once,twice,times,once a week,twice a month, three times a week.2.复习回顾动词一般现在时态的用法。3.掌握和运用下列语句:(1)-What kind of dance are you learning? -Swing dance.(2)-How often do you exercise? -I exercise four times a week.(3)-How often does Chen watch TV? -He watches TV twice a week.【学习重难点】 1.频率词汇及询问活动频率。2.一般现在时态的熟练运用。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.自学课文2d,勾画出重点和疑惑。三.我是小小翻译官。How often 看电视 use the Internet ______________ 锻炼 read English books_______________ 做作业 Once a month_______________ 每周一次 three times a week________________ 每月两次your favorite program 在周末Animal World ___________________打网球四. 通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:exercise 可作动词,锻炼运动,也可作可数名词:意为体操练习 do morning exercises, do eye exercises,还可以作不可数名词,锻炼运动,take enough/more exercise(1)He hardly takes _________,so the doctor asks him to do some running and morning _________.(2)My father _________ every day. (3)Lucy is doing eye _________.探究二:How often 表频率,多久一次,对every day, always, usually, sometimes, often once a week 等表示频率的副词或短语提问。How often 多久一次,表频率 ,用来询问在某一段时间内进行某个动作的次数。常与一般现在时和一般过去时连用。其答语通常是always,usually,often,sometimes,hardly ever,never,once a week,twice a day 等频率副词。how soon多久,一般用于一般将来时,回答“in…”短语。How long 多长时间 回答for…或since…短语 。how far 多远 用于对距离提问。试 一试: _________ _________ does she go to the movies?--- Once a month._________ _________ will you get back home? ---In two months._________ _________ did he stay here? ---For two months._________ _________ does Mary live from the library?----- Two miles.I wonder_________ you'll water this kind of tree.---- Once a week.【检测互评】一、用所给词的适当形式填空。I have piano lessons (one) a week. My cousin (watch) TV twice a week.3. How often __________(do) your sister _________(help) with housework? 4. She likes (use) the Internet a lot.5. Do you want __________(learn) swing dance? 6. She goes ________(shop) twice a month.二、单项选择。( )1.-________ do you go to the movies? -Once a month. A.How long B.How often C.How soon D.How much ( )2.-How long are you going to stay here? -_________ . A.In five days B.For five days C.Since five days ago D.Five days ago ( )3.My mom uses the Internet __________ . A.a time a week B.two time a week C.three times a week D.one times a week ( )4.Some students watch TV once ________ twice a week. A.and B.but C.of D.or ( )5.He always does his homework _______ Sunday morning. A.in B.at C.on D.for 【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________________ 我的不足:__________________________________________________________________ Unit 2 How often do you exercise?第三课时Section A(Grammar Focus—3c)【学习目标】熟练掌握本课单词及短语:go to bed, play sports, play soccer, maybe, least, at least, stay up late.熟练运用本课词汇及句型谈论活动及其发生的频率.3.能熟练运用本课句型:A: What do you usually do on weekends? B: I often go to the movies. A: How often do you watch TV? B: Twice a week 【学习重难点】1.频率词汇及询问活动频率。2.一般现在时态的熟练运用。【学法指导】1.读Grammar Focus,观察发现类似句子的规律。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】熟读并背诵Grammar Focus,勾画出疑点难点.试着完成3a和3b.三、小组成员间勾画短语并抽查背诵。on weekends help with houseworkstay up late go to the moviesmaybe once a month. never go shopping hardly ever at least twice a weekgo to bed play sports四、连词成句.1.how you books read often do English ?____________________________________________2. watch do how often you TV ?____________________________________________3. weekend you usually what do do on ?____________________________________________4. weekend do parents what your do on ?_____________________________________________with meet how meet often do you your friends?___________________________________________________五、 通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:辨析maybe ,may beMaybe是一个副词,一般位于句首,与perhaps同义,在句中通常作状语,不作谓语。May be是由情态动词may加上动词be构成,在句中通常作谓语,后多接形容词,名词,代词,介词短语等作表语。例如:(1)Maybe he was lost his way. (2)It may be in your bag.练一练: ---Do you know what the girl in white is? ---I’m not sure.________she is a doctor. A.Must be B.Can be C.Maybe D.May be探究二:stay up late意为“熬夜”相当于sit up.例如:She stayde up watching TV until 12:oo.相关固定搭配:stay healthy 保持健康 stay at home 呆在家 stay away from 远离。探究三:at least 意为“至少”,least是little的最高级。例如:The hall can hold at least 2000 people.这个大厅至少能容纳2000人.练一练: 翻译: 这个女人至少40岁。____________________________________________【检测互评】一.完成短文,根据文章的含义每个空白填写一个单词,单词的第一个字母已经给出。 He is pretty h_____. He tries to exercise e______ day. And his eating habits are q______ good. He often eats a lot of v________, And he eats f______ every day and he d______ milk every day. But he doesn’t love j_____ food. And he sleeps nine h______ every n______. So you see, he looks h______. And he also gets dood grades. Good f______ and exercise help him to study better.根据句意及首字母提示完成单词。I often help my mother with h_________ at home.She visits her parents o_________or twice a week.The room is f_________ of students and teachersTom h_________ever runs in the morning because he is lazy.I watch TV at l_________five times a week.【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________________ 我的不足:__________________________________________________________________ Unit 2 How often do you exercise?第四课时Section B(1a - 1e)【学习目标】1.会认读、拼写本课的单词和短语:junk food , drink milk, drink coffee, health, be good for, want me to drink.2.正确运用How often 引导的疑问句进行交际;3.掌握和运用下列短语和句型:How many hours do you sleep every night?How often do you drink coffee?But my mother wants me to drink it.She says it’s good for my health.【学习重难点】1.会认读、拼写本课的单词和短语。2.正确运用How often 引导的疑问句进行交流。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】 一、熟读1a和1b,并背诵。二、我是小小翻译官。 1) 你多久锻炼一次?______________________________________________________ 2)你每天晚上睡几个小时觉?______________________________________________ 3)你多久吃一次垃圾食品?________________________________________________ 4)Bill 有好习惯吗?________________________________________________ 三、通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:___________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:want sb to do sth 想要某人做某事 My mother wants me to drink it.我妈妈想要我喝。 want to do sth. 想要做某事如:(1)Do you want to go to the movies with me?你想和我一起去看电影吗? (2)I want you to help me with my math.我想要你帮我学数学。有很多动词后面用这种结构做动词的复合宾语:ask sb. to do sth. 叫某人做某事tell sb. to do sth. 告诉某人去做某事help sb. (to) do sth. 帮助某人做某事试一试: 用ask,tell,help造句。____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________探究二:be good/bad for 对----有好/坏处be good for … 表示“对……有益(有好处)”其反义为:be bad for … 对……有害/无益如:(1)It’s good for us to do more reading.多读书对我们有好处。 (2)Drinking milk is good for your health.喝牛奶对你的健康有益。 (3)Reading English is good for studying English. 对英语对学习英语有益/有帮助。 (4)Reading in bed is bad for your eyes.在床上读书对你的眼睛有害。试着用这两个短语造句。________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________【检测互评】选择填空( )1.__________do you drink coffee? ----Twice a day. A.How many B.How long C. How soon D. How often( )2.Eating fruit and vegetables _____________ our health. A. is good to B. is good C.is good for D.is well for( )3.Miss Liu is very ________, because she exercises every day. A. health B. healthy C. unhealthy D. unhealth( )4.Thank you for _______ me with my English. A. help B. to help C.helping D.helps ( )5. _______ milk do you drink? A. How B. How much C.How often D. How soon( )6.Don’t read in bed. It’s bad ___ your eyes. A. for B.of C. with D.in( )7.I try to eat junk food once a week _____ I love it very much. A. although B. through C. but D. so( )8.Jenny _____ lifestyle. A.has a healthy B.have a healthy C.has a health D.has healthy( )9.If you want to be healthier, you must eat ____ junk food, I think. A. more B. less C. fewer D. many( )10.I try ____ vegetables eleven times a week. A. eat B. Eating C. to eat D.eats【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________________ 我的不足:__________________________________________________________________ Unit 2 How often do you exercise?第五课时Section B(2a - 4)【学习目标】1.掌握下列单词和短语:although,mind,body,together,however,almost,less,pointAsk sb. About sth. ,go camping,...percent... ,such as,more than,less than...2.能谈论你经常做的事。3.掌握和运用文中出现的重要词语、短语。【学习重难点】1.培养阅读能力.2.掌握文章中的语法点及词组.【学法指导】 1.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。2.通读课文,仔细理解课文的意思,并可以仿照课文例句造句。【自学互助】一、阅读2b,找出不懂的或者你认为难理解的词句,并做好标记。二、我是小小翻译官。 超过_________________ 百分之十五____________ 叫某人做某事___________ 向某人要某物 ______________ 虽然,尽管 ___________ 穿过__________ 例如__________________ 不足 _______________ 问某人关于某事_________ 和朋友一起度过 ____________ 做运动__________________ 根本不________________三、通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:___________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】读课文,纠正语音。【质疑互究】探究一:Here are the results。这是一个倒装句,其结构“Here is/Here are+主语+其他”,其中的谓语动词的形式要与后面的主语的数保持一致。若主语是代词,则使用不完全倒装,即主语在前,谓语在后。练一练:Here ______a book for you. Here _______some bananas for them. Here she _______ (come).探究二:Although意为“尽管;虽然”引导一个让步状语从句。Although引出的句子可放句首,常用逗号把它和主句分开,也可放句末。在英语中,although不能和but同时使用。例如:Although it is snowing,it is not very cold. He is ill,but he goes on working.练一练:The boy can speak both English and Japanese________he is only ten. A.if B.because C.Although探究三:surprised,形容词,意为“感到吃惊的”,主语是人;surprising也是形容词,意思也是“感到吃惊的”,主语是物。常见的固定搭配有: be surprised to do sth 对做某事感到惊讶 be surprised at sth 对某事惊讶 in surprise惊讶地,惊奇地,常放在动词或动词短语后 to one’s surprise,使某人惊讶的是,常放在句首作状语。 be surprised that + 句子练一练:I am surprised ________(find)that he could speak four languages. I am surprised at ________(see)him there.探究四:辨析across,through,over,past 这四个词都有“过,通过”的意思。Across指从物体的表面穿过;through表示从某一空间内部穿过;over表示动作从物体上方跨越而过;past表示从某物旁边穿过。例如:Don’t run across the rode.It,s dangerous.不要跑着过马路。那样很危险。 At last,they had to do through the forest.最后他们不得不穿过森林。 We climbed over a mountain last week.上周我们翻越了一座山。 We walked past the bank.我们从银行旁边走过。练一练 :The moonlight is shining in ________the window.Everyone in the room looks so nice. A.over B.across C.through D.past【检测互评】一.句型变化She exercises every day.(对划线部分提问)________ _________ __________ she exercise?Every morning Daniel exercises for forty minutes.(对划线部分提问)_________ ________ _________Daniel ________every morning?3.My sister often watches TV at night.(对划线部分提问)________ ________ _________sister often _________at night?二.选择填空 ( )1. Don’t _______too late,or you’ll feel tired tomorrow. A.wake up B.put up C.stay up ( )2.get the answer ______ the question. A.for B.with C.to ( )3.It’s raining hard,________,I decide to go out. A. however B. because C. so that ( )4.---- I think drink milk every morning is good ______our health. -----Yes ,I agree______you. A. to,to B. with,to C. for ,with ( )5.My mother asked me _______too much time_______computer games. A.not to spend,playing B.not to spend ,to play C.to not spend,play 【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________________ 我的不足:__________________________________________________________________Unit 2 How often do you exercise?第六课时 Self check一、选择填空。( )1.------Steve,______do you play basketball after school? -------Twice a week.It can keep me healthy. A. how far B. how soon C. how long D. how often( )2.Kate is ________girl.She is very happy at school. A.a eighteen-year-old B. an eighteen-year-old C. an eighteen-years-old D. an eighteen years old ( )3. We can be thanksful every day,not just _______Thanksgiving Day. A. in B. on C. to D. by ( )4.---Is your friend Mike still in Australia? ---I don’t know .I have ________information(信息) about him because I haven’t seen him for _________years. A.a little,a few B.little, a few C.a few,a me D.few,a little ( )5. To keep healthy,many people ________every day. A. take a shower B.take pride C.take a look D.take exercise ( )6. Most students exercise ________a week. A.once or twice B.one time or two times C.one time or twice D.once or two times ( )7. I left my key in the room.I had to get in _______the window. A.in B. through C. over D. to ( )8._______he studied very hard every day,________he didn’t pass the exam. A. Although,but B.Because,so C.Although ,/ D. /,so ( )9. Tine wants me ________her________her Chinese. A.to help ,with B.help,to study C.helping,with D.to help,studying ( )10.I spent a lot of time________English last weekend. A.to practice speaking B.practice to speaking C.practicing speaking D.practice speaking ( )11. Jill still went to school________he was ill. A.although B.because C. if D. so ( )12. I’m very tired.I can _______run. A. always B.hardly C.usually D.sometimes ( )13. We don’t have ________to buy this sweater,although the sweater is ______ A.enough money,good enough B.enough money,enough good C.money enough ,well enough D.enough money,well enough ( )14.Mr Brown always makes his class lively and keeps his students_______in class. A. interesting B.interested C. interest D.interestingly ( )15.Now all of us exercise at________least_______hour a day in and outside school.the,a B.a ,an C./ ,a D. /,an二、用所给词的适当形式填空。I am ________at the _________news.(surprise)It’s important for us ________(learn)a foreign language.45 percent of the workers_________(be)women in this factory.Many people often _________(listen)to radio in the morning.The best way ________(get)to the train station is to take a taxi.Here _______(be)two letters for you.She studied for the test by _________(ask)the teacher for help.三、句型转换。He sleeps eight hours every night.(对划线部分提问) _______ _______ _______ does he sleep every night?What would you like to do this afternoon? (同义句)What do you _______ _______ _______ this afternoon.The boy eats junk food three or four times a week.(对划线部分提问) ______ ______ _______ the boy eat junk food?I would like some milk..(一般疑问问句)_______ you ______ ________milk?6.bad,for,your,junkfood,is,health. _________________________________________________四、书面表达。要求:根据表格所给信息,以“Tina’s Healthy Lifestyle”为题,写一篇短文介绍Tina 的生活。________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Unit 3 I’m more outgoing than my sister.第一课时Section A (1a--1c) 【学习目标】能听、说、读、写下列单词和短语: outgoing, better, loudly, quiet, quietly, both...and....2.谈论个性特征。3.学习使用形容词的比较级比较人的个性特征。4.掌握句型: (1)Is that Sam? No, that’s Tom. (2)He has shorter hair than Sam. (3)He’s calmer than Sam. (4)Tom is more athletic than Sam.【学习重难点】 比较级的构成和使用。【学法指导】查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.预习114页,115页,形容词和副词的比较级。三.英汉互译。 友好的,外向的_______________ 长的_______________ 短的_______________________ 瘦的_______________ 重的,胖的_____________ 高的_______________ 矮的________________ 打鼓_______________ Both...and... ________________ than ______________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:both ...and...表示“在...和...之间”,连接主语时当成复数。 例如:Both Tom and his friend are good at basketball.探究二:形容词和副词比较级的变化规则:1. 单音节形容词或副词大致按以下规律变化:(1) 一般情况下直接在形容词或副词后面加–er 。 如:tall—taller long—longer以字母 e 结尾的单词,直接在词尾加 –r 。 如:large—larger 以“辅音字母+y”结尾的单词,则将改y为 i 再加-er。 如:busy—busier heavy—heavier 以重读闭音节结尾,且末尾只有一个辅音字母的,则双写最后一个辅音字母,再加-er。 如:big—bigger thin—thinner不规则变化需要特殊记忆。 good / well --- better 好 bad / badly / ill --- worse 坏 many / much --- more 多 little --- less 少 old --- older / elder 老, 旧 far --- farther / further 远多音节以及某些双音节形容词或副词变为比较级时,则通常在其前加more。 如:important—more important difficult—more difficult useful—more useful3. 有些单词的比较级有两种形式, 如:clever—cleverer / more clever able—abler / more able narrow—narrower / more narrow【检测互评】一.写出下列单词的比较级。high________ tall ________ hungry _______ thirsty_________ beautiful _______ funny ________ outgoing________ big _________ little_________ hot _________ thin ________ late _______ wet ________ good/well_______ easy_________ friendly________ smart ________ lazy ________ 二.用所给词的适当形式填空。My bike is ___________(new),but hers is __________(new) than mine.Miss Gao isn’t as ______(fat) as Miss Green.---Who is ___________(heavy), Liu li or Liu Ying?---Liu Ying is __________(thin) than Liu Li.My English teacher is much______(fun) than my math teacher.Miss Yang is _________(calm) than Miss Li.【总结提升】 我的收获:_________________________________________________________________我的不足:_________________________________________________________________Unit 3 I’m more outgoing than my sister.第二课时Section A (2a--2d)【学习目标】能听、说、读、写下列单词和短语:competition, fantastic, which, clearly, though, work hard, as...as..., hard-working, get up early, run fast, the most important thing, singing competition .对人物进行比较。2.熟练掌握本课单词及短语,谈论个性特征。3.学习使用形容词的比较级对人物进行比较。。4.掌握句型:(1)Did you like the singing competition yesterday? (2)-Which one was Lisa? -The one with shorter hair. (3)The most important thing is to learn something new and have fun.【学习重难点】 比较级的构成和使用。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.温故知新:小组成员间比一比,看谁能写出更多的形容词和副词以及它们的比较级。_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________二.熟读并背诵2d,勾画出疑点难点.三.英汉互译。Singing competition_______________ 最重要的事情__________________ have fun_______________________ 起的早__________________ hard-working__________________ 跑得快__________________As...as... ___________________ 友好的__________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:Tara works as hard as Tina.翻译:___________________________________ 表示两者在某一方面相同时,用“as+形容词或副词原型+as“的句型。意为“和...一样”,其否定式为“not as /so+ 形容词或副词原型+ as”.意为“例如:I think English is as important as math.我认为英语和数学一样重要。 Tom runs as fast as jack.汤姆跑地和杰克一样快。 This dictionary is not as/so useful as you think. 这本字典不如你想象的有用。试一试: 翻译 这部电影和那部电影一样有趣。___________________________________________ 英语不如语文容易。_____________________________________________________ 探究二:辨析competition, match, raceCompetition可指体育方面的的“比赛”,也可指书法,朗读,音乐等方面的“竞赛”。 例如:I won a prize in a math competition.我在数学竞赛中得了奖。Match指体育运动中的竞技比赛,凡是球类方面的比赛均可用match表示。例如:Today’s football match is France versus Brazil.今天的足球比赛是法国队对巴西队。Race往往与赛跑联系在一起,其本意是“在速度方面的竞赛”。 例如:Liu Li won the 400-meter race.试一试: When Bruce was 7 years old ,he won second prize in the piano _______. A.race B.match C.competition 探究三:But the most important thing is to learn something new and have fun. 但是最重要的是学到新东西和玩得高兴。句中的动词不定式to learn something new and have fun在be动词后作表语。 例如:My work is to clean the room every day. His dream is to be a doctor【检测互评】一.翻译下列句子: 1.这辆自行车比那辆自行车更好。____________________________________________ 2.红色的直尺比绿色的直尺更长。____________________________________________ 3.他比他的弟弟更友好。__________________________________________________单项选择。( ) 1. The red dress is too expensive. Could you show me a ________ one? A.cheaper B.cheapest C.cheapper D.cheap( ) 2. My sister is ________ than me. A.much more outgoing B.very more outgoing C.much outgoing D.outgoing( ) 3. Tara’s hair is longer than _______ . A.she B.her C.him D.hers( ) 4. ________ one is better, the white one or the black one? A.Who B.What C.That D.Which( ) 5. Listen! Jane is reading _______ in her room. A.loud B.loudly C.quiet D.quietly 【总结提升】 我的收获:_________________________________________________________________我的不足:_________________________________________________________________Unit 3 I’m more outgoing than my sister.第三课时Section A(Grammar Focus—3c)【学习目标】1.熟练运用本课词汇及句型.2.能灵活表述个人特征。4.能对人物进行比较。【学习重难点】比较级的正确运用【学法指导】1.读Grammar Focus,观察发现类似句子的规律,并理解句子意思。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.熟读并背诵Grammar Focus,勾画出疑点难点.二.试着完成3a和3b.三.英汉互译。 与...一样高_________________ two years ago __________________ 与...一样友好_________________ more outgoing __________________ I think my mother is smarter than my father._________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】仔细观察,用心归纳总结,小组活动编对话。【质疑互究】探究一:辨析 beat 和win Beat 意为“打败,战胜”后接人或者集体, win意为“打败,赢,战胜”,后接事或者物 例如:I’m sure we can beat them.我确信我们能打败他们。 He worked hard and he won the first place in the exam. 他努力学习,并且在考试中得了第一名。试一试: ----Do you know Mo Yan? ----yes.He _______the 2012 Nobel Prize for Literature(诺贝尔文学奖)at the age of 57.won B.beat C.brought D.bought探究二:Which one was Lisa? 翻译:______________________________ Which 的用法:(1)代词,“哪一个,哪一些”。 Which is my book? 哪本书是我的? (2)形容词,“哪一个,哪一些”。 Which coat do you like? 你喜欢哪一件外套?【检测互评】一.根据句意和首字母提示补全单词。His grandma died five years a_______.He missed her very much.Our teacher asked us not to speak l_______in the classroom.The little boy is watching TV q_______in the room.Jim got the first prize in the English speech c_______.Could you tell me w_______book you like best?Our English teacher is f_______to us .We all love her.I couldn’t catch your idea c_______.Tom is more o_______than Sam.The twins are h_______students.All teachers like them.单项选择。 ( )1.Mary was born in 1998 and he began to play_______guitar at the age of seven. A.a B./ C.the D. An( )2.---How do you like the concert(音乐会)given by F.I.R.? ---Exciting,_______one piece of the music wasn’t played quite well. A.though B.because C.so D.and( )3.Lily isn’t as ______as Peter.She often makes mistakes in her homework. A.careless B.careful C.carelessly D.carefully( )4.Do you think math is ________than English? A.difficult B.as difficult C.more difficult D.most difficult三.同义句转换(一空一词)。1.Miss Li is popular in our class. Mr Wu is more popular. Mr Wu is ________ ________ ________ Miss Li.2.Li Ming doesn’t run as fast as Wang Lin. Wang Lin ________ ________ ________ Li Ming.3.Pedro is thinner than Jim . Jim is _______ ________ Pedro.4. This film is more interesting than that one. That film is ________ _________ _________ this one.【总结提升】 我的收获:_________________________________________________________________我的不足:_________________________________________________________________Unit 3 I’m more outgoing than my sister.第四课时Section B (1a - 1e)【学习目标】会认读、拼写本课的单词和短语:talented,truly,care,care about,be talented in , laugh, laugh at sb.正确运用比较级描述人物,能听懂描述人物的句子.3.掌握和运用下列短语和句型:A good friend makes me laugh.For me,a good friend likes to do the same things as me.A good friend is talented in music.【学习重难点】1.正确运用比较级描述人物.2.能听懂描述人物的句子.【学法指导】查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】 一.熟读1a和1b,并背诵。二. 翻译下列句子。 1) 我认为好朋友可以使我笑。___________________________________________ 2)对我来说,好朋友要做和我一样的事。_________________________________ 3)好朋友要在音乐方面有天赋。_________________________________________ 4)那对我来说不是非常重要。___________________________________________ 三.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】比赛拼读单词,小组理解新句型,用心听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:talented是形容词,意为“有才能的,有才干的”。常用结构:be talented in 意为“在...方面有天赋”。例如:He is a talented actor.He is also talented in music.Talent是名词,意为“天才,天赋” talent show 才艺表演Untalented也是形容词,意为“没有天赋的”是talented的反义词。练一练:What an excellent basketball player he is!I really love this ______guy(家伙)。A.sad B.talented C.outgoing D.helpful探究二:care about意为“关心,计较,在乎”,是指由于某事重要或因责任所在而关心计较,一般用于否定句。 例如:He doesn’t care about her clothes.Care for 作“关心,照料”讲时,一般用于肯定句和疑问句。 例如:She spent years caring for her sick aunt. Who will care for your children when you are out?练一练:I never _______what you say.I know you are an honest (诚实)boy. A.take care of B.care about C.learn about D.hear about探究三:make sb/sth do sth 意为“使某人/某物作某事”,其中的make是个使役动 词,do sth是省略to的动词不定式作宾语补足语。 例如:The teacher made Ann get her book back.Make + sb/sth + 形容词,意为“使某人/某物处于某种状态” 例如:The bad news makes me sad. 【检测互评】一.选择填空。( )1.Who can make the machine_________? A. run B. to run C. runs D. running( )2.Look at those children. _________like playing soccer a lot. A. Most them B. Most they C. Most of them D. They most( )3.He is ________as his twin brother. A. as taller B. so taller C. as tall D. so tall( )4.---What does your cousin look like now? ---Oh, he is much______ than before. A. strong B. stronger C. strongest D. too strong( )5.My aunt played the guitar to make the baby ______crying. A. stopping B. stops C. to stop D. stop( )6. I’m good at _________,but Li lei is good at ______. A. Chinese, play computers B. Chinese ,to play computers C .Chinese ,playing computers D. China ,play computers( )7. Do your homework ________and try to make no mistakes next time? A. careful B. carefully C. more carefully D. most carefully二.用所给词的适当形式填空。1.Which do you like________(well),math or chemistry?2.What he said made his mother much________(angry).3.We can do __________(much) work with _________(little)money.4.The _________(old) he gets, the __________(strong) he feels.5.The weather is getting______(warm) and ___________(warm).6.I think science is _______(important) than Japanese.7.I think the story is not so _________(interesting) as that one.8.There are some__________(different) between Yuan li and James Green.【总结提升】 我的收获:_________________________________________________________________我的不足:_________________________________________________________________Unit 3 I’m more outgoing than my sister.第五课时Section B(2a - 4)【学习目标】1.学习掌握下列单词和短语:serious,mirror,necessary,saying,reach,touch,break,as long as,be similar to,be different from.bring out,the same as...2.能谈论个性,比较人物。3.掌握和运用文中出现的重要词语、短语。【学习重难点】1.培养阅读能力.2.掌握文章中的语法点及词组.【学法指导】 1.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。2.通读课文,仔细理解课文的意思,并可以仿照课文例句造句。【自学互助】一.朗读本课时单词,仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。二.阅读2b,找出不懂的或者你认为难理解的词句,并做好标记。三.汉译英。 只要,既然_______________________ 与...相似________________________ 与...不同________________________ 使显出 ________________________ 和...相同________________________ 小学 ________________________ 擅长钢琴_________________________ 交朋友 ________________________ 事实上 _________________________ 与...相处得好____________________ 取得更好的成绩___________________ 感觉更好_________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】读课文,纠正语音。【质疑互究】探究一:辨析:look like,be like,feel like(1)look like意为“看上去像...”指外观上像。 例如:She looks like her mother.(2)be like意为“像...一样”,指品德,相貌等,更多侧重于表示人的个性特征。 例如:Is he like his father?(3)Feel like 意为“想要做某事”后接名词或动名词,不能接不定式。它还可以表示“摸起来好像”。例如: I feel like a cup of tea.我想要一杯茶。 It feels like silk.这东西摸起来像丝绸。 练一练: ---Sam,what will the weather _________tomorrow? ----Sorry,I didn’t watch the weather report just now. A.be like B.looks like C.feel like D.seem like探究二:hand 作名词是“手”,作动词时“上交”。相关搭配有:hand in 交上 hand out 分发 by hand 手工 On the one hand...,on the other hand... 一方面...另一方面...探究三:break作动词意为“使 ...破裂,损坏”,过去式为broke.作名词为“暂停,中断”。 例如:My brother broke the window. Class is over,Let’s have a break.固定短语有:break into 破门而入 break off 打断 break the rules 违反规则Break down (机器等)出故障 break in 插嘴 break the law 违法探究四:(1)be similar to 意为“与...相似”。 例如:His problem is similar to yours. (2)The same as 意为“与...相同”。 例如:My watch is the same as yours. (3)The same as 的反义词是“be different from”意为“与...不同”。试一试: 用这三个短语各造一个句子。____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________【检测互评】用所给词的适当形式填空。There is a _______(say)that behind every successful man there’s a woman.My best friend,Jim,_______(true)cares about me.Neither you nor I ________(be)wrong.Jim is _________(serious)than his brother.It’s very important for us________(learn)English well.As long as you drive carefully,you ________(be)safe.汉译英。1.那件新衣服把她潜在的美展现出来了。The new dress________ ________her hidden beauty.他与这些孩子们相处得很好。He is very _________ ________the children.我哥哥和我妹妹一样严肃。My brother is ________ ________ _________my sister.在学校,请不要违反规则。Don’t _________ _________ _________at school ,please. 【总结提升】 我的收获:_________________________________________________________________我的不足:_________________________________________________________________Unit 3 I’m more outgoing than my sister.第六课时 Self check一、选择填空。( )1.---Where is Thomas? ---He left a ________. A. information B. message C. messages D. news( )2.---Look!That is the woman_______I met yesterday. ----Oh?She is my aunt. A.What B. Who C. Where D.when ( )3. The music in the CD made the students _______relaxed. A. feel B. feels C. felt D. To feel( )4.---Is your friend Tom still in China? ---I don’t know .I have ________information(信息) about him because I haven’t seen him for _________years. A.a little,a few B.little, a few C.a few,a me D.few,a little ( )5. I have two children ,and _______of them are working in the west of China. A. all B.both C.neither D.either ( )6. Beibei is growing fast.She is even _______than her mother A.tall B.taller C.tallest D.the tallest ( )7. I think Chinese is _______than math. A.difficult B. more difficult C.the most difficult D.difficulter ( )8.After the rebuilding(重建),our school is becoming________. A.more and more beautiful B.beautiful and beautiful C. more beautiful and beautiful D.the more beautiful ( )9.Many boy students think math is _________English. A.much difficult than B.so difficult as C.less difficult than D.more difficult than ( )10.Taking the bus in Beijing is ________than taking a taxi. A.more cheap B.much cheaper C.a little cheap D.less cheaper ( )11.Li Hua’s shoes are as _______as Zhang Hui’s. A.cheaper B.cheap C. the cheaper D. the cheapest ( )12.The girl is afraid to dance in public because she thinks others may ______her. A.laugh at B.wait for C.hear of D.agree with ( )13. My sister has practiced tennis for a long time.She plays _______you. A.as good as B.so well as C.as well as D.so good as ( )14._______you study,________knowledge(知识)you’ll get. A.The harder,more B.The harder,the more C.Harder,the more D.Harder,more ( )15.Larry is _______at basketball than any other boy I know. A.good B.bad C.better D. Worse完形填空。 One of Paul’s feet is bigger than the__1__.He can’t find the right shoes___2___his feet.His friend,Dick,____3___to him,“Why don’t you __4____to a shoemaker?A good shoemaker can ____5___you the right shoes.”So Paul goes to the shoemaker near his ___6____.Very soon the shoemaker makes him a ___7____of shoes.Paul ___8____the shoes but he is not happy.He says to the shoemaker,“You’re mot a __9____shoemaker!I want you to make one shoe___10____than the other!”( )1.A.Other B.hand C.friend D.back( )2.A.on B.in C.for D.at( )3.A.tells B.speaks C.says D.asks( )4.A.walk B.talk C.find D.go( )5.A.sell B.make C.carry D.work( )6.A.friend B.parents C.home D.son( )7.A.pair B.lot C.piece D.box( )8.A.puts off B.looks at C.gets out D.takes off( )9.A.good B.bad C.busy D.free( )10.A.long B.nicer C.bigger D.short三.情景交际。Gina and Peter are talking about what a good friend is like.Gina:Peter,________________________?Peter:I think a good friend is good at sports.Gina:You mean he or she is athletic?Peter:Yes.And____________________.We can help each other with the schoolwork.Gina:Anything else?Peter:Er,I think_____________________.Gina:I don’t think so.I like to have friends__________________.Peter:Do you think a good friend should be popular at school ,too?Gina:Well,_________________.a good friend likes to do the same things as me.what’s a good friend likewho are different from mehe or she is funnythat’s not important for mehe or she has good grades四.书面表达。写一篇文章介绍你和你好朋友有什么不同。不少于80词。_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Unit 4 What’s the best movie theater?第一课时Section A(1a-1c)【学习目标】能掌握下列单词:theater, comfortable, seat, close, ticket, screen.2.能掌握和运用下列句型: (1)What’s the best movie theater? (2)It has the biggest screens. (3)It’s the most popular near here. (4)Moon Theater has the most comfortable seats.【学习重难点】 1.讨论喜好,作比较。2.能掌握和运用形容词、副词的最高级。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇和短语。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。三.汉译英。最舒适的座位________________ 最佳音效______________________最大的屏幕__________________ 买票快________________________离家近________________________ 最短的等候时间________________最受欢迎____________________ 最好的电影院__________________ 四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:参考114页,115页,总结形容词和副词的最高级的构成与用法。试一试:翻译下列句子。 他是我们班上最高的学生。____________________________________________ 她是我最好的朋友。 __________________________________________________ 最好的服装店在哪里?_________________________________________________探究二:辨析:sound, voice, noise(1)Sound指自然界的一切声音,可以作连系动词,后接形容词作表语;(2)Voice是指人的嗓音; (3)Noise是指不悦耳的噪音。试一试:1.I can hear the ________(声音)of the running water in the river. 2.Her ________(声音)is very beautiful. 3.It’s too noisy .I don’t like the _______(声音)。探究三:close to 意为“靠近”,近义短语是next to ,close 在这里是形容词,意为“接近,近的,关系亲密的”。 例如:Our school is close to that shop.我们学校离那家商店很近。 Li Hong is a close friend of mine.李红是我的一个亲密的朋友。 The children are close to each other in age.这些孩子们年龄相近。Close也可作动词,意为“关闭,停业”。例如:Please close the door.请关门。注意:closed 可作形容词,意为“关闭的,不对公众开放的”,而close作形容词,意为“靠近的,亲密的”。试一试: The city _________to the sea. A.is closed B.close at C.is close D.closed to【检测互评】一. 写出下列形容词的最高级。1. short ______________ 2. tall______________3. heavy ______________ 4. thin_______________5. funny ______________ 6. serious____________7. outgoing____________ 8. friendly____________9. smart ______________ 10.quiet_____________二.根据句意和首字母提示补全单词。I feel very c________when I listen to music.There is no s________on the bus.The park is c______to my home.I want to buy a train t________to Beijing.三.单项选择。( )1.It has the ________ clothing store in town. A. goodest B. gooddest C. best D. better( )2. This clothing store is ____ than that one. A. bad B. worse C. the worst D. worst( )3.This book is ____ of all. A. cheapest B. cheap C. cheaper D. the cheapest( )4. This is one of ____ films of this year. A. more exciting B. exciting C. the most exciting D. most exciting.( )5.This watch is ____ than that one. A. much expensive B. expensiver C. more expensiver D. much more expensive 【总结提升】我的收获:_________________________________________________________________我的不足:_________________________________________________________________ Unit 4 What’s the best movie theater?第二课时Section A(2a-2d)【学习目标】能掌握下列单词:theater, comfortably, worst, worse, cheaply, DJ, carefully, choose, reporter, fresh, so far. 能掌握和运用下列句型:How do you like it so far?You can sit the most comfortably because they have the biggest seats. 3.Which is the best clothes store?【学习重难点】 掌握形容词和副词的最高级的构成以及初步运用。能灵活运用本节课的重要句型。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇和短语、结构。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。三.英汉互译。欢迎来到本社区________________ Thanks for__________________ 买衣服________________________ the best clothes store____________最好的超市________________ in town_____________________买最新鲜的食物____________________ around here_________________最仔细______________________ 最无聊的歌曲__________________到目前为止,你觉得它怎么样?_____________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:“How do you like ...?”用来询问对方对某事的看法,相当于“What do you think of...”意为“你觉得...怎么样?”例如:How do you like the movie?=What do you think of the movie?试一试: 翻译下列句子。你妈妈认为你的英语老师怎么样?_____________________________________=______________________________________探究二:so far表示“到目前为止”。与until now/up to now同义,可位于句首,句中,句末。例如:There is no news about her sister so far.探究三:Thanks for telling me. 翻译:________________________________解析 thanks for...=thank you for...,意为“因...而感谢”,其后接名词或动名词。辨析 thanks for与 thanks tothanks for “因...而感谢”,后接感谢的原因。thanks to “多亏,由于”,后接名词或代词。试一试:________ ________ CCTV,I can have the chance to ________ them_______ their help.【检测互评】一.用所给词的适当形式填空。I want to be a ________(report)when I grow up.Thanks for _________(help)me with my homework.The two desks are _______(Tom)and ________(John).Screen City has the ________ (big) screen of all the cinemas.Danny is the ________ (good) student and Miller is the ________ (bad) student in the class.二.单项选择。( )1.I think the movie Titanic is ________ one of all the movies. A.the best B.best C.better D.a good( )2.My home ________ the post office. A.is closed B.close C.is close to D.closed to 三.句型转换。 1.Jackson is 16 years old. Mike is 14years old.(合并为一句) Jackson is two _____ ________ than Mike. 2.He is taller than any other student in his class. He is_____ ______student in his class. 3.This jacket is cheaper than that one.(改为同义句) That jacket is_____ ______than this one. 4.I think Jason’s has the best quality in town.(改为否定句) I_______ think Jason’s ________ the best quality in town. 5.Funky Fashion has the worst clothes in town.(改为一般疑问句) _______Funky Fashion______ the worst clothes in town? 【总结提升】我的收获:_________________________________________________________________我的不足:_________________________________________________________________Unit 4 What’s the best movie theater?第三课时Section A(Grammar Focus—3c)【学习目标】熟练掌握本课单词及短语: how much, comfortably,service, meal, menu,not...at all, in town, much better, how far, last night .2.熟练运用本课词汇和最高级。能熟练运用本课句型: (1)What do you think of 970 AM? (2)What’s the best movie theater to go to? (3)Which is the worst clothes store in town? (4)It’s worse than Blue Moon. It has the worst service.【学习重难点】1.掌握形容词和副词的最高级的构成以及初步运用。2.能灵活运用本节课的重要句型。【学法指导】1.读Grammar Focus,观察发现类似句子的异同。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.熟读并背诵Grammar Focus,勾画出疑点难点.二.试着完成3a和3b.三.汉译英 最差的 最贵的 最新鲜的 到目前为止 你觉得970AM怎么样?_____________________________________________ 我认为970AM相当差。它有着最糟糕的音乐,_________________________ 你在那里买票很快。_______________________________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_____________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究:service是名词,意为“接待,服务”,其动词是“serve”例如:That hotel is famous for its fine service.那家旅馆以服务优良著称。We should serve the people.我们应该为人民服务。试一试:We offer(提供)the best prices and best ________in town!You can choose the best clothes.A.serve B.danger C.building D.service【检测互评】一.单项选择。( )1.He is__________ his father. A. as taller B. the taller than C. as taller than D. taller than( )2. From your E-mail ,I _______you would come to our city very soon. A. studied B. learned C. taught D. got( )3. -------Which is ________season in Beijing?--------I think it’s autumn. A. good B. better C. best D. the best( )4. -------_______do you _______the game?-------It’s wonderful ,I think the players are great. A. How ; like about B. What ;think of C. What; like about D. How ;think about( )5.There is a good clothing store_______. A.in the town B. on the town C. in town D. on town( )6.Who jumped the _______of all in the long jump ? ----Li Lei did. A. longer B. longest C. farther D .farthest补全句子。蓝月亮服装店离家很近。 Blue Moon is pretty _______ ________home.镇上最差的服装店是哪一家? _________is ________ __________clothes store in town?迄今为止,我们学英语已经五年了。 __________ _________,we have learned English for five years.保持你的眼睛闭着,手张开着。 Keep your eyes _______and your hand _________.那家旅馆有最好的服务。 That hotel has ________ ________ __________.三.用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空。1.My father is much ____________(busy) than my mother.2.I think English is _________(interesting) of all the subjects.3.This hotel has __________(friendly) service in town.4.English is one of _________subjects at school. (difficult)5.Among all the subjects , I like English ____________. (well)【总结提升】我的收获:_________________________________________________________________我的不足:_________________________________________________________________Unit 4 What’s the best movie theater?第四课时Section B(1a - 1e)【学习目标】会认读、拼写本课的单词和短语:creative, performer, talent, loudest ,most serious...2.能理解并掌握句型副词比较级和最高级的用法并能灵活运用.3.掌握和运用下列句型:.Who was the best performer?.Elize was the best performer.【学习重难点】能听懂本课句型。能理解并掌握句型副词比较级和最高级的用法 并能灵活运用.【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇和短语、结构。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.熟读1a和1b,并背诵。二.英汉互译。最乏味的_________________ 最大声的________________worst________________ most serious______________最搞笑的_____________ 最宁静的______________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_____________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:(1)creative 是形容词,意为“有创造力的”,其比较级和最高级是more creative,most creative. 如:creative thought (创造性思维)。 (2)Create是它的动词形式,意为“创造”。 如:create a show(创造一个节目), (3)Creation是它的名称形式,意为“创造”。 如:wealth creation(财富的创造)。试一试: He is a very ______(create) musician.We all like him.探究二:(1)person指人,是可数名词,有单复数形式,可用来表示男女老少各种人。 例如:Who is the youngest person in your class. (2)People作“人”讲时是集体名词,在句中做主语时,谓语用复数形式,通常用来指大批的是,数目不详的人。例如:There are many people on thr playground.注意:people作“民族”讲时,是可数名词,a people意为“一个民族”。试一试: He is a ________who is easy to get along with. A.people B.person C.men D.peoples探究三:performer是名词,意为“表演者”.它的动词是perform,意为“表演”。它的另一个名词是performance,意为“表演”试一试: 翻译句子 1.他是一个非常有创造力的表演者。____________________________________________2.孩子们都喜欢这个年轻的演员,她的表演非常精彩。____________________________________________【检测互评】单项选择。( )1.She looks ________ younger than she is. A.even B.very C.a bit of D.a lot of( )2.If you do that, you’ll feel ________ soon. A.more healthy B.more healthier C.much healthy D.much healthier( )3.We’ll try to do _____ work with ________ time than before. A.much; much B.little; little C.less; more D.more; less( )4.China has the ________ population(人口数)in the world. A.largest B.bigger C.most D.fewest( )5.Of all the students, Li Ming is ________ to Mr Wang. A.close B.closer C.the closest D.the most closest( )6.You are getting fatter and fatter. You should eat ____ food and take _____ exercise. A.less; less B.more; more C.more; less D.less; more( )7.—Which is ________ month of the year? —July, I think. A.hot B.hoter C.hotter D.the hottest( )8.Xi’an is one of ________ capital ________ in China. A.older; city B.the older; city C.oldest; cities D.the oldest; cities( )9.E-mailing is ________ than long-distance calling. A.the cheapest B.cheapest C.cheaper D.cheap( )10.She chose _____ expensive shirt from all these clothes. A.the most B.more C.less D.the more【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________________我的不足:__________________________________________________________________Unit 4 What’s the best movie theater?第五课时Section B(2a - 4)【学习目标】掌握下列单词和短语: have...in common,magician,all kind of,be up to play a role,winner,prize,make up,for example,seriously,take...seriously,crowed.2.能就身边的事物进行比较。3.掌握和运用文中出现的重要词语、短语。【学习重难点】1.培养阅读能力.2.掌握文章中的语法点及词组.【学法指导】 1.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。2.通读课文,仔细理解课文的意思,并可以仿照课文例句造句。【自学互助】一.朗读本课时单词,仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。二.阅读2b,找出不懂的或者你认为难理解的词句,并做好标记。三.汉译英:有相同特征___________________ 各种各样的____________________是...的职责__________________ 发挥作用______________________编造 ________________________ 例如 _________________________认真对待_____________________ 越来越流行____________________才艺表演_____________________ 得到非常好的奖品_______________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】读课文,纠正语音。【质疑互究】探究一:watch意为“观看”,后接省to的动词不定式(即动词原形)或现在分词作宾语补足语。类似用法的词还有see,hear等感官动词。See,hear,watch等后面接动词原形,表示动作的整个过程;后接ing则表示当时的一瞬间动作。例如:I saw him work in the garden yesterday.昨天我看见他在花园里干活了。 I saw him working in the garden yesterday.昨天我看见他正在花园了干活。试一试: When I walked past the park,I saw some old people________Chinese Taiji. A.do B.did C.doing D.are doing探究二:more and more 用在名词前,表示“越来越多的...”;用在形容词,副词前表示“越来越...”.例如:More and more doctors came to help.越来越多的医生来帮忙。 This story gets more and more exciting.这个故事越来越令人激动了。试一试: After 5 ,the girl gets ______________.more beautiful and more beautiful B.beautiful and more beautifulC.more beautiful and beautiful D.more and more beautiful探究三:be up to sb to do sth表示“应由某人做某事”。例如:It is up to me to get the four of us moving.该由我来召集我们四个人动起来。试一试: 根据汉语完成句子这件事应由学生们来决定。The thing ________ _________ _________the students ________ _________.探究四:give sb sth=give sth to sb 把某物给某人试一试 根据汉语完成句子你能给我一个苹果吗?_____________________________=__________________________【检测互评】根据句意和首字母提示补全单词。Edison was a great inventor.He was very c________.My friend and I have two things in c_________.We should try our best to help the p________in the mountains.He can answer the question h________hard it is.For e__________,Helen is a good girl.用所给词的适当形式填空。1.Mr.Green is a great ________(perform).And we all like his performance.2.Who can sing the song __________(beautiful)in the class?3.I can’t go shopping with you.I have much work ________(do).4.We watch a little boy _________(play)computer game in the room.5.It’s up to you _______(decide)what to do next.He was late this morning.because the bus too ________(crowd)for him to get on.根据汉语意思完成句子。1.请编一个对话。Please ________ _________a conversation.2.青年人在这次活动中起着重要作用。Young people ________ ________ _________ ________in the activity.3.越来越多的蔬菜和水果被供应到诚实中。________ ________ ________vegetables and fruit are supplied to the cities.4.当你搬到一个新的地方,对你来说的第一件事就是找到一个住的地方。When you move somewhere new ,the first thing for you is to find a place _______ ________.5.孩子们唱歌唱得好。They们获得了一等奖。The children sang__________.They ________ _________ _________ _________.【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________________我的不足:__________________________________________________________________Unit 4 What’s the best movie theater?第六课时 Self check一、选择填空。( )1.----Do you know that there are many different_______animals in the zoo? ----Yes ,I do.I also know that some of them are ______scaring. A.kinds of ,kind of B.kinds of,kinds of C.kind of,kinds of D.kind of,kind of( )2.It’s raining hard .________,I still want to go there. A.However B. Because C.Since D.And ( )3. Who can run ________of all in the sports meeting. A. fast B. faster C. the fastest D. more fast ( )4.China is the third _______country in the world. A.large B,largest C.larger D.as large as ( )5. Li Hua studied English very ________and her English is ________in her class. A. Careful,good B.carefully,well C.careful,best D.carefully,the best ( )6. Mrs.Zhang is one of ________teachers in our school.We all like her. A.popular B.more popular C.the most popular D.popularest ( )7.---Do you think it will be cool tomorrow? ----_________.It has been too hot for a week. A.So it is B.I’m afraid so C.I hope so D. Of course not ( )8.---Who is _______,Tom,Jim or David? ----I think Jim is. A.stronger B.the stronger C. strongest D. the strongest ( )9.Three _______injured(受伤)students died in a hospital last year. A. serious B.bad C.seriously D.well ( )10. Who listens________of the three boys? A.the most carefully B.more carefully C.the most careful D.more careful ( )11.Although they are twins,they have nothing _______common. A.at B.with C.on D.in ( )12.You should practice more English,then you’ll be ______at it. A.good B.better C.best D. the best二.用括号里的词的适当形式填空。1. We went to the __________(bad) restaurant in town last night. The menu had only 10dishes and the service was not good at all.2. Blue Moon is _____(good), but Miler’s is ________(good ) in town.3. The Big Screen is __________(expensive) than most cinemas, but Cinema City is _________(expensive).4. Movie City has the _______ (bad) service, but we can sit the________ (comfortably)there.5. Johnny Dep acted the ____________(good) in that movie. He’s much ______(good) than other actors at finding the __________(interesting) role6.This hotel has the friendly ________ in our town.(serve)7.My home is the closest to school but his home is ________ ________ (far).8.That movie is ________ ________that I have ever seen.(bad)9.I think this movie theater is ________ _________than that one.(comfortable)10.Is Harbin ________ than Hainan?(cold)三.选择适当短语并用其适当形式填空。in common , made up, come true, for example, all kinds ofIf I work hard, I believe my dream will __________ one day.The story is ___________, do not believe it.My mother and my father have some things ___________.I have many hobbies,___________, I like singing and dancing.There are ________clothes in the clothing store so you can buy what you want.四.完形填空。It was the last lesson before ___1___ holidays. The students ___2____ very happy. Their English teacher was very happy, ___3____.The teacher __4____ played nice games with them. He sang some nice songs, and then he went to the blackboard and wrote “SMILES”___5___ it.“This is one of the ____6___words in English”,he said to the class. The___7___ class laughed, and then one girl ____8___and said,“Why?”The teacher said ___9____for a while. Then he smiled and said,“Because there is a mile between the ___10___letter and the last.”( )1.A.a B.an C.the D.much( )2.A.is B.are C.was D.were( )3.A.too B.eight C.neither D.also( )4.A.a little B.little C.any D.also( )5.A.before B.on C.in D.in front of( )6.A.long B.longer C.longest D.short( )7.A.whole B.each C.all D.both( )8.A.stand up B.sit down C.stood up D.lay down( )9.A.something B.anything C.nothing D.everything( )10.A.one B.first C.two D.secondUnit 5 Do you want to watch a game show?第一课时Section A(1a--1c)【学习目标】能听、说、读、写、单词和短语: news, sitcom, don’t mind, can’t stand, soap opera, talk show, game show, sports show, talent show.2.能用英语简单表述关于电视节目的对话。3.掌握和运用下列语句: ---What do you think of ...? ---I love/don’t mind/can’t stand.... 【学习重难点】1.能说出相关活动的单词和短语。2.询问对某人或某事的看法,态度。【学法指导】查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。三.汉译英。 1.访谈节目_________________ 2.介意做..._______________ 3.不能忍受做..._____________ 4.想要做..._______________ 5.运动节目______________ 6.soap opera_______________ 7.才艺展示 ________________ 8.game show _________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:___________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:I don’t mind them. 翻译:__________________________________1.mind 作动词时,意为“留心,介意”等,后接名词/动词ing/从句,一般用于否定句,疑问句和条件句中。2.常见句型“Would you mind...?”==“Do you mind ...?”其后都接动词ing形式或if从句。(1)表示意同做某事时,常用“Not at all./No,I don’t./Certainly./Of course not./No,go ahead.”等;(2)若不同意做某事时,常用“I’m sorry,but.../I’m afraid.../I wish you wouldn’t.”等。试一试: ---Which one of these do you want? ----_________.Either will be OK. A.No problem B.I’m sure C.Come on D.I don’t mind探究二:stand是动词,意为“忍受,容忍”,常用于否定句,疑问句,强调不喜欢,常与can或could连用,后接名词/动词ing/to do 形式。试一试: ----What do you think of soap operas? ----_________.but my mother likes them. A.I like them B.I enjoy them C.I can’t stand them D.I don’t agree【检测互评】一.选择填空。( )1.---“________do you_________sitcoms?” ---“I love them.” A.How think of B.What, like of C. What, think of D.What, like( )2.My mother wants me ________.A. help her B.not help her C.not to watch TV D.to not watch TV( )3.Mickey is one of _________ in the world. A.famousest cartoon character B.the most famous cartoon characters B. famousest cartoon characters D. the most famous cartoon character( )4. I don’t like action movies. I think they’re ________. A.boring B.difficult C.interesting D.exciting( )5. He even ________ a Beijing Opera artist. A.want to be B.wants to be C.want is D.is want( )6.I don’t mind what _________. A .do you think of me B .do you think of me C. you think of me D. you like of me( )7.I don’t mind _____ the window. .It’s too cold. A, close B. closing C. to close D. closes( )8. -What do you think of game shows? -________ . They are very boring. A.I don’t mind them B.I don’t know them C.I love them D. I can’t stand them 用所给词的适当形式填空。Would you mind _______(open)the door?Let’s ________(play)basketball after class.I can’t stand _______(work)in an office.My father wants me ________ (work) harder.There ________ (be) a lot of news on TV.【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________我的不足:__________________________________________________________ Unit 5 Do you want to watch a game show?第二课时Section A(2a--2d) 【学习目标】能听、说、读、写、单词: educational, plan, hope, find out, discussion, happen, expect, one day, learn a lot, around the world, TV shows.2.能灵活用英语表述关于电视节目的对话。3.掌握和运用下列语句: (1)Do you plan to watch the news tonight? (2) I hope to find out what’s going on around the world. (3) I hope to be a TV reporter one day. (4)We had a discussion about TV shows. (5)You can expect to learn a lot from them.【学习重难点】1.能运用相关活动的单词和短语。2.能灵活运用本节课的重要句型。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。三.英汉互译。 1.TV shows_________________ 2.one day_______________ 3.期望做..._____________ 4.计划做..._______________ 5.制定一个计划______________ 6.希望做..._______________ 7.发现,查明 ________________ 8.全世界 _________________通过互助学习后,我疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:1. plan to do sth表示“计划,打算做某事”。 例如(1):We plan to build a new house here. (2)She plans to help me with my math this evening.注意:plan可作名词,意为“计划,规划,方案”等。常用结构:“make a plan for”,意为“为...制定计划”。 Make a plan to do sth意为制定计划去做某事。试一试: You’d better make a good plan_________(take) a vacation. 2. 辨析hope, wish (1)Hope常用短语hope to do sth和hope(that)... (2)Wish常用短语wish sb to do sthI hope so .(我希望是这样的)和I hope not.(我希望不是这样)常用于表示同意或者不同意对方的意见或观点等。注意:hope后不能跟复合宾语,即不能用hope sb to do sth.试一试: ----Bad weather!Do you think the rain will stop soon? -----___________.I want to play baseball outside. A.I hope so B.I don’t mind it C.No problem D.Not at all探究二:1.discussion是名词,意为“讨论,商量” 例如:The teacher took part in our discussion yesterday. 昨天老师参加了我们的讨论。 2.discuss作动词,意为“讨论”,其后可接名词,代词,或“疑问词 + to do”结构。常用结构:“discuss sth with sb”表示“与某人讨论某事”。 例如:Let’s discuss the problem. I’m discussing the question with my classmates.练一练 They had a ________(discuss)in class and made notes.(做笔记)探究三:辨析:happen,take placeHappen通常用于描述意外发生的事情,主语常是表示事件事故的名词或代词。常用结构:sth happen to sb ,表示“某事发生在某人身上”。Happen to do sth 意为“碰巧作某事”例如:What happened to you ?Take place表示“发生,举行”的意思时,常指某事是按意图或计划“发生”的,不含偶然的意味,其主语通常是表示运动,活动,会议等的名词。例如:The Olympic Games take place every four years.奥运会每四年举行一次。【检测互评】 一.根据句意及所给的首字母或汉语提示填空。1. —What do you t____________ of your English teacher? —We love her very much.2. I can’t s____________ soap operas. They’re boring.3. There is ____________ (没有什么) in the box but a ring.4. I don’t like sports shows. How a____________ you?二.单项选择。( )1.What _____ Maria think of Ann? A.does B.do C.is( )2.Henry doesn’t like the movie, I don’t _____. A.too B.either C.also( )3.--Do you enjoy _____ to classical music? --Yes, I do. A. listening B. listen C. listens( )4.--What do you _____ the ring?-I like the ring. A.think of B.like C.think【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________我的不足:__________________________________________________________Unit 5 Do you want to watch a game show?第三课时Section A(Grammar Focus--3c)【学习目标】能听、说、读、写、单词和短语:discussion, happen, expect, joke, learn from, expect to do sth, What do you think of...? Watch the news.2.熟练掌握句型:(1)What do you think of talk shows?(2)Why do you like watching the news?(3)What do you plan to watch on TV tonight?【学习重难点】 1.能灵活运用本节课的重要句型进行问答。 2.学会谈论自己的喜好。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.自学Grammar Focus后。小组朗读、理解并总结。【自学互助】一. 朗读本课时重点句型和学习目标,朗读2d 对话找出生词和难点并在文中标出来。二.阅读学习语法附录中关于复合不定代词的用法,然后试做3a 和3b.三.汉译英。1.我们开展了有关电视节目的大讨论。 We________ a ________ __________ the TV shows.2.我不能忍受体育节目。I _________ _________ the sports shows.3.他希望有一天能成为一名电视台记者。 He _________ _________ be a TV reporter one day.4.你觉得肥皂剧怎么样? What do you _________ _________ the soap opera?5.他计划今天晚上看什么电视节目? What TV show _________ he_________ to watch?四.通过互助学习后,我疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】朗读Grammar Focus,归纳总结,认真听、评。【质疑互究】探究一:expect意为“期望,希望,预料”,常用结构:expect to do sth 期望做某事或expect sb to do sth 期望某人做某事。例如:She expects me to go out with her.她期望我和她一起出去。试一试: Everyone expected us_________(win)the match,but we lost.探究二:joke 是名词,意为“笑话”,是可数名词。例如:I heard a funny joke this morning.固定搭配:tell a joke 讲笑话 have a joke with sb 和某人开玩笑 Play a joke on sb 开某人的玩笑试一试 : Don’t play a(n)_________on disabled(残疾)people.You shouldn’t laugh at them. A.smile B.idea C.joke D.jokes 探究三:单词want 的用法。 1. want +名词。 如: (1) “ 我想要我妈妈”这个男孩说。 “ I _______my _________" the boy said. (2) 我想要一些草莓。 ____________________________ 2. want ( sb ) + to do sth 如:( 1) 我想去看动作片。 I want __________see ____________ movie. ( 2) 他想去玩电脑。__________________________________【检测互评】一.单项选择。( ) 1. -- ______ do you like it? --- Very much. A. How B. What C. Why D. When( ) 2. --- What ____ she think of the book? ---- She loves it. A. do B. is C. was D. does( ) 3. I like soap operas, she likes ______, too. A. it B. they C. them D. the ones( ) 4. Do you mind _______ the windows? A. to open B. opens C. opening D. opened( ) 5. I don’t like Mr Bean. ______, I don’t like comedies. A. In fact B. I’m sorry C. Really D. Because( )6. ---______ going shopping this weekend? ---- That sounds great. A. Why don’t you B. Please C. Let’s D. What about二.用所给词的适当形式填空。1. They had a ______________ (discuss) in class.2. He expected _______________(finish) the work by March?3. I plan ______________(buy) this book, but I don't have enough money.7. Please ask the children _______ (not play ) in the street.8.I hope __________(hear)from you.【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________我的不足:__________________________________________________________Unit 5 Do you want to watch a game show?第四课时Section B(1a--1d) 【学习目标】复习形容词:educational, serious, wonderful, meaningless, enjoyable, exciting, relaxing, boring.2.能用形容词表达对某事的看法和态度。 3.掌握和运用下列句型:(1)John wants to watch talk shows because they’re enjoyable.(2)I like to watch action movies because they’re exciting.【学习重难点】 1.能熟练运用重要句型谈论日常生活习惯。 2.关于电视节目爱好的听说练习。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.看图说,仔细听,认真评。【自学互助】一.朗读本课时1a单词,仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。二.掌握并默写下列单词和短语: 喜剧_______________ 毫无意义的________________ 有意义的______________ 动画片_____________ 动作电影______________ 恐怖电影______________ 三.列举自己知道的电视节目,并用一个形容词描述. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________四.通过互助学习后,我疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】比赛拼读单词,小组理解新句型,用心听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:1)meaningless是形容词,意为“没有意义的,意思不明确的。”它是由meaning加否定后缀less构成,类似的词有homeless(无家可归),careless(粗心的),helpless(无助的),hopeless(无望的)。例如:His words seemed to be meaningless.他的话似乎没有任何意义。2)Mean是动词,意思是“打算,意欲”后接名词/动词ing或从句。 Means作名词,意思是“方法,手段,工具”,单复数同形。例如:She is very sick,but that doesn’t mean she can’t make it 她的病情十分严重,但并不意为着不可战胜。.meaning是mean的名词形式,意为“意义,意思”。例如:I don’t know what is your meaning.试一试: I’m not sure about the ________(mean)of the word.You’d better look it up in a dictionary.探究二:act是动词,意为“表演”;actor是名词,意为“演员”;action是名词,意为“行动”。固定短语;action movies 动作片 take actions 采取行动,动手试一试: The river will become cleaner and cleaner if we take ________(act)to protect(保护)them.【检测互评】阅读理解(A)Host:Welcome to 8 o’clock Face to Face. Tonight we are talking to Linda, a 14-year-old girl. Welcome to the show, Linda.Linda:Thank you.Host:Do you like to watch TV?Linda:Yes, I like to watch TV very much.Host:What do you think of soap operas?Linda:Oh, I love them.Host:Me, too. And how about sports shows?Linda:I don’ mind them.Host:Really? And what do you think of sitcoms?Linda:I don’t like them.Host:And talk shows?Linda:That’s great! I like them.Host:And what do you think of the game shows?Linda:Oh, I can’t stand them. They’re so boring.Host:OK! That was interesting. Thanks for joining us.根据对话判断正(A)误(B)。( )1.Linda doesn’t like to watch TV.( )2.Linda likes soap operas very much.( )3.Linda doesn’t mind sitcoms.( )4.Linda also likes talk shows.( )5.Linda can’t stand game shows.【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________我的不足:__________________________________________________________ Unit 5 Do you want to watch a game show?第五课时Section B(2a - 4)【学习目标】1.学习掌握下列单词:cartoon,culture,famous,rich,successful,unlucky,lose,...2掌握和运用文中出现的重要词语、短语。3.可以询问对某人或某事的看法,态度,可以用不定式作宾语。4.可以读写关于喜好的文章。【学习重难点】1.培养阅读能力.2.掌握文章中的语法点及词组.【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时的新单词和短语并牢记。2.自学2b 课文,勾画出文中不能理解的短语和句子。【自学互助】一.阅读2b,勾画不懂的或者你认为难理解的词句,并做好标记。通读课文,二.仔细理解课文的意思,并可以仿照课文例句造句。三. 汉译英:乔装打扮___________________ 做得好______________________________一双,一副_________________ 愿意迅速做某事______________________代替,替代_________________ 出版;发表__________________________八十多年前_________________ 在二十世纪三十年代___________________像一个普通人_______________ 有两只大圆耳朵的黑色老鼠____________ 尽某人最大努力干某事_______________四.通过互助学习后,我疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】朗读读课文,认真听、评。【质疑互究】探究一:famous是形容词,意为“著名的,出名的”。例如:She is a famous actress.固定短语:(1).be famous for ==be well-known for意为“因...什么而著名”例如:He is famous for singing. China is famous for china,but turkey isn’t famous for turkey. 中国以瓷器而出名,但土耳其不是以火鸡而出名。.be famous as 意为“作为...而出门”,后接表示身份或职业的名词。例如:Luxun is famous as a writer.试一试: 翻译三亚因为它漂亮的沙滩而出名。_________________________________________探究二:rich是形容词,意为“富有的”,其反义词是poor,意为“贫穷的”。The rich相当于the rich people,表示“富人”,做主语时,谓语用复数。The poor相当于the poor people,表示“穷人”,做主语时,谓语用单数。试一试 The rich _________(be)not always happy.探究三:(1).successful是形容词,意为“获得成功的”,常用结构:be successful in ...表示在...方面成功。例如:He is successful in English..success用作不可数名词,意为“成功”;用作可数名词,意为“成功的人或物”。例如:Failure is the mother of success.失败是成功之母.succeed是动词,意为“成功”。常用结构:succeed in (doing) sth==be successful in (doing)sth==have success in (doing) sth例如:He succeeded in answering the question. ==He was successful in answering the question. ==He had success in answering the question.试一试: His father is famous as a ________(success)writer.【检测互评】一.单项选择。( )1.Mo Yan is famous_________a famous writer. A.for B.as C.in D.by( )2.He _________his daughter and went to the park. A.dressed B.put up C.wore D.put on( )3.I enjoy ________fishing,I think it’s __________. A.to go ,enjoyable B.going ,enjoy C.going,enjoyable D.to go,enjoy( )4.My sister _________to go to the concert with my mother. A.takes my place B.takes place C.take the place of D.take the place( )5.--I’m sorry.I______my homework at home. --OK,please hand it in tomorrow. A.lost B.left C.forget D.forgot二.句型转换。What do you think of the talk show?(同义句) ________ ________ _________ _________talk show?He doesn’t mind Beijing opera.(对划线部分提问) ________ ________he ________ _________Beijing opera?3.He wants to watch a game show .(对画线部分提问) ________ _______he want ________ ________ ?4.You can’t play soccer in the hallways.(改为祈使句) ________ _________soccer in the hallways.【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________我的不足:__________________________________________________________ Unit 5 Do you want to watch a game show?第六课时 Self check一、选择填空.( )1. I don’t know when________. A. start B. to start C.starting D.started( )2. Our teacher often asks us ________questions in groups. A. discuss B. to discuss C. discussing D. discussed( )3.My parents wish me _________a teacher. A.am B. to be C.will be D. be ( )4.I find it not difficult _________ English well. A.learning B.learn C.to learn D.learned( )5.---It’s too hot.Would you mind my________the window. ---_______.Do it as you like,please. A.to open,OK B.opening,Certain not C.open,Of course D.open,Good idea( )6.Linda bought a large house________a swimming pool. A.in B. On C.form D. with( )7.----What about ______a rest? ----OK.Let’s go out and have a walk A.took B. to take C. taking D.take( )8.Han Han is a popular writer.His new book will_______this September. A.come up B.come in C.come out D.come on( )9.---Can I join the club? ----If you ______10,you can. A.for B. on C.from D.over( )10.The TV show is terrible.I ________it. A.can’t stand B.love C.don’t mind D. like( )11.Xi Jinping is famous ________chairman of China now. A. for B. as C. in D.to( )12. She expect _______the film Tiny Times directed by Guo Jinming. A.see B. to see C. seeing D. to seeing( )13.When I _______through the station,I saw the accident ________. A.pass,happening B.passed,happened C.pass,to happen D.passed,happen( )14.Does your sister enjoy________music? A.listening to B.listening C.to listen D. to listen to( )15.----Could you give me a hand? -----Sure.What would you like me _________? A.do B. to do C. doing D. Does二. 阅读理解。 Helen's eyes are not good, so she usually wears glasses. But when she goes out with a young man, she doesn't wear her glasses. When she comes back home, she begins to wear her glasses again. One day her mother asks her," But Helen, why don't you wear your glasses when you are with Jim? He takes you to many beautiful places in his car, but you don't see anything." "Yes, mother," says Helen, "but I look nice to Jim when I am not wearing my glasses, and he looks nice to me, too."( )41. Why does Helen usually wear glasses?Because her eyes are good. B. Because her eyes are bad. C. Because she looks nice when she wears glasses. D. Because she wants to wear glasses.( ) 42. Does the young man often take her to beautiful places?A. Yes, he does. B. No, he doesn't. C. Yes, he doesn't. D.No, he does.( )43.Does Helen wear glasses at home?A. Yes, she does. B. No, she doesn't C. Sometimes D. Never.( )44. What does she usually do when she is with the young man?A. She often goes to the cinema. B. She doesn't wear glasses. C. She wears glasses. D. She is often at home.( )45. Why doesn't Helen wear glasses when she is with Jim? She doesn't like glasses. B. Her eyes are good. C. The young man doesn't like the girls with glasses. D. She can look nice to Jim. Jim also can look nice to her.五、书面表达。写出你所喜欢的一部电影,并对此片做一些介绍及发表自己的评论。________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Unit 6 I’m going to study computer science.第一课时Section A(1a--1c)【学习目标】能听、说、读、写、单词: grow up, computer programmer, cook, doctor, engineer, violinist, driver, pilot, pianist, scientist. 2.正确使用when 引导的时间状语从句,并能用be going to 结构对将来的事做出计划和打算。 3.掌握和运用下列语句: A: What do you want to be when you grow up ? B: I want to be a computer programmer. A: How are you going to do that ? B: I’m going to study computer science.【学习重难点】1.识记本课时的重要单词及短语。2.能听懂用be going to结构谈论自己及他人理想职业的对话,并能用这种结构进行相关话题的会话。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时的新单词及短语。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。三.1. 你熟悉下列人物吗?通过学习,试着写出他们职业的英文表达方式。 Yang Liwei:_____________ Jackie Chen:______________ Jay Chou: _____________ Yao Ming: ______________2.你知道更多的关于职业的英文表达吗?查资料写下来与同伴分享吧。 (可参考41页的1a) ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ 3.在这些职业中, 选出你长大后想从事的职业,模仿下列对话简单谈论一下。 A: What do you want to be when you grow up ? B: I want to be …. A: How are you going to do that? B: I’m going to…四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一: I’m going to study computer science.仔细观察,他们都含有那种结构?这种结构表达什么含义。 “be going to+______”表示_________________________________________________试一试: 翻译下面句子:1)当你长大后你打算成为什么? 2)我打算成为一名演员。 ____________________________________________________________________________探究二:What do you want to be when you grow up?1).本句中的want to be表示“想成为”,be相当于become.2).grow up 意为“长大”。3).本句式When引导的时间状语从句。在含有时间状语从句的复合句中,当主句是一般将来时或者祈使句时,从句常用一般现在时表将来。例如:We are going to see a film when we are free。我们有空打算去看电影。 (主句) (表时间的状语从句) 一般将来时 一般现在时表示将来I will give the letter to Ted when I see him next week。 (主句) (从句)一般将来时 一般现在时表示将来When you arrive in Shanghai,please call me. (从句) (主句)一般现在时表示将来 祈使句注意:主句和从句的位置可以交换,当从句在前时,从句和主句之间用逗号隔开。试一试: When she _______(get)to Chengdu,I’ll call you at first.【检测互评】 单项选择 ( )1.--What’s your brother going to______when he________up? --A soldier. A. do; grow B have ; grows C. be ; grows D . play ; grow( )2. Her father is an ____________in a big factory. A. star B. engineer C. worker D. player( )3. --__________ are you going to be a pianist in the future ? --I’m going to practice playing the piano every day. A. What B .When C. How D. Why( )4.There an art exhibition this Sunday. A. have B. is going to have C. is going to be D. is going to hold( )5.He is going to to New York with his parents. A. take B. move C. bring D. Stay【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 6 I’m going to study computer science.第二课时Section A(2a--2d)【学习目标】能灵活运用下列单词和短语: grow up, computer programmer, cook, doctor, engineer, violinist, driver, pilot, pianist, scientist,be sure about, make sure. 2.能熟练使用when 引导的时间状语从句,并能用be going to 结构对将来的事做出计划。 3.掌握和运用下列语句: (1)I know why you’re so good at writing stories. (2)How are you going to become a writer. (3)I’m going to keep on writing stories. (4)Just make sure you try your best. (5)A:What does Cheng Han want to be? B:He wants to be…【学习重难点】1.能灵活运用be going to结构谈论自己及他人理想职业的对话,并能熟练使用这种结 构进行相关话题的会话。2.互助学习,练习对话。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时的新单词及短语。2.自读对话2d,把握大意,划出不懂之处并小组合作解决。【自学互助】一.回忆并写出我们学过的关于职业的英文表达: _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________二.朗读本课时重点句型和学习目标,朗读2d 对话找出生词和难点并在文中标出来。三.汉译英。 继续做某事____________________ 尽某人最大努力做某事_________________ 确信 _________________________ 确保,查明___________________________ 想要成为 _____________________ 擅长写故事___________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:keep on doing sth表示经过一段时间后“继续做同一件事”。 还暗指不顾困难,反对,坚持做某事。例如:They kept on working on the farm,though it was raining. 虽然天正在下雨,他们还是继续在农场干活。Keep还可以作连系动词,后接形容词。也可以作“借,保持”讲。固定搭配:1). keep doing sth 表示“ 继续(不断)做某事”例如:He kept talking unit the meeting was over. 他一直说话直到会议结束。 2).keep sb doing sth 表示“使某人一直干某事”例如:Don’t keep him waiting for too long . 别让他等太久。试一试:: I’m angry with him for keeping me ________(wait) for two hours.探究二: 1).be sure about 意为“确信,对...有把握”。相当于be sure of例如:I am sure about the English test.他对英语测试很有把握。 2).be sure to do sth 意为“一定会做某事”。例如:He is sure to do the work well.他一定会做好这份工作。 3).make sure 意为“务必,确保,确信”。常用结构:make sure + 从句 / make sure to do sth / make sure of sth例如:Make sure you get to school at 7:00.你务必在七点到校。 Make sure to turn off the light before you leave.离开前务必关灯。试一试: You need to take notes at the meeting so make sure ______(bring)a pen and some paper with you.【检测互评】句型转换1. He is going to take guitar lessons every day(改为一般疑问句) he going to guitar lessons every day ?2. Mom is going to do some shopping this afternoon(对划线部分提问) is Mom going to this afternoon?3. I want to be a pilot when I grow up.(改为同义句) I a pilot when I grow up4. They are going to move a new city called Donghai.(改为否定句) They to move a new city called Donghai.5 .My sister is going to be an actress when she grows up . (对划线部分提问) _________ is your sister going to when she grows up? 【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 6 I’m going to study computer science.第三课时Section A(Grammar Focus—3c)【学习目标】熟练掌握以下词汇 : be sure about, make sure, college, education, university, article, send掌握并能正确使用本课时的重点短语和结构: want to do sth, be going to do sth, be good at, keep on doing sth, make sure, try one’s best to do sth.【学习重难点】 1.能读懂用be going to结构谈论理想职业以及为实现理想所做出计划的文章,并能用这种结构谈论自己的理想职业。2.互助学习,练习句型结构。【学法指导】1.朗读Grammar Focus的句子,理解并归纳总结。2.互助学习,练习句型结构。【自学互助】一.自主朗读本课时单词仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。二.阅读学习语法附录中关于be going to的用法,然后试做3a 和3b.三.英汉互译。 一名演员____________________ study medicine______________ 上表演课____________________ an engineer_________________ 买辆跑车____________________ want to be__________________ 把...寄给...________________ grow up_____________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:辨析 every day ,everyday(1)Every day 为副词短语,意为“每天”多用于句末作状语;(2)everyday是形容词,意为“每天的,日常的”,常位于名词前作定语,用来修饰名词。例如:I read everyday English every day.我每天读日常英语。试一试: 选词填空Reading is our ___________(everyday every day)homework.探究二:send作动词,意思是“邮寄,发送”。常用结构:send sth to sb,相当于send sb sth试一试:翻译 我讲寄给你一本书 _____________________________________________ ==______________________________________________固定搭配:send sb to do sth 派某人去做某事 send for 派人去请 send away 开除,解雇,撵走 send up 发射【检测互评】 一.单项选择。 ( )1.—-What do they want to do to________so much money? ---They want to travel around the world. A.give B.save C.cost D.cut( )2.----Where are you going for vacation ? ----_________. I don’t like cold weather. A.Somewhere warm B.Something warm C.somewhere cold D.Something cold( )3.---What are you going to do this evening ? ---I’m not sure ______. Maybe watch TV or go to the movies. A.Just B.ever C.yet D.never( )4. The boy wants to be a(n) . He studies math really hard. A.writer B.cleaner C.engineer D.artist( )5.— My New Year’s resolution is to travel to Qingdao. — . A.That sounds great B.Sorry to hear that C.Sure D.I’d love to( )6.—Is she going to be actor? —Yes. She is taking lesson on weekends now. A.a, actor B.an, actor C.an, acting D.a, action二. 完成句子。 1. 你长大后想成为什么? What do you _____ ______ be when you _____ _____?李明善于写故事。 Li Ming is _____ _____ _____ _____ stories.我打算坚持写作。 I’m going to _____ _____ writing stories.我父母想让我成为一名演员。 My parents _____ me _____ be an actor.我打算尽我的最大努力帮助他。 I’m going to _____ _____ _____ _____ help him.【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 6 I’m going to study computer science.第四课时Section B(1a - 1e)【学习目标】1.口、笔头掌握以下句型: --What are you going to do next year? --Well, I’m going to take guitar lessons.2. 熟练掌握以下词汇: resolution, team, foreign3. 进一步熟练掌握be going to结构的用法。【学习重难点】 能听懂用be going to结构谈论未来打算的对话,并能用该结构谈论未来的打算。【学法指导】1.自读短语并查出汉语意思。2.小组合作,展示重点短语。【自学互助】一、预习44页的1a,根据图片和文字信息,New Year’s resolutions的汉语意思是 。把图片和相应的New Year’s resolutions搭配好,大声朗读这些短语,同伴互相正音。二、你是个有目标的人吗?有目标才会有动力,请为自己设计近期和远期的奋斗目标吧! Next week,____________________________________________________________ Next term,____________________________________________________________Next year,____________________________________________________________学三、翻译下列短语。会弹奏钢琴_______________组建足球队__________________取得好成绩_____________吃更健康的食___________进行大量锻炼____________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】用1a,1b 的信息描述自己的计划、打算。【质疑互究】探究一:make a soccer team意为“组建足球队”, team是名词。意为“队,组”常用结构:on a team 意为“参加...队”例如:I am on the school team.我是校队中的一员。试一试: I am interested_________sports.I often play soccer and I am _________A soccer team. A.in ,in B.in ,on C.at ,in D.at ,on探究二:foreign是形容词,意为“外国的”。 Foreigner是名词,意为“外国人”试一试: (1)I have been to _________(foreign)countries. (2)Many _________(foreign)will come to our school next week.【检测互评】一、选择填空。( )1.—How are you going to be ? —I’m going to practice basketball every day. A.a basketball player B.a teacher C.a pianist D.a pilot( )2.— does he want to be when he ? —He wants to be a computer programmer. A. What, grows up B. How, grows up C. What, grow up D. How, grow up( )6.—Where is Linda? — She may be at home. But I’m not sure it. A. at B. about C. with D. in( )8. — are you going to visit your uncle?— Next week. A. Where B. Who C. Why D. When( )9. My grandfather me a postcard from New York last week. A. gave B. sent C. passed D. borrowed二、根据句意和首字母提示填空。1. It’s important for a student to learn a f_________ language well.2. All the students should make their New Year’s r_________at the beginning of the year.3. Tom is on the school football t________.4. Tom’s family isn’t r . But he believes he can make much money by himself in the future.5.You don’t have to w________about your son.He is very well.6.Take the m________three times a day.7.Can you write some a_________for the magazine.8.The children g________so quickly.三、用单词的适当形式填空。1. Next year, I’m going to learn __________(play) the guitar.2. I want ___________(write) for international magazines when I am older.3. She is going to ________ (eat)healthier food than before.4. She is practicing_________(ride)a bicycle.5. What’s the _____________(mean) of this word?6.The children keep on ________(talk)unit the teacher comes into the classroom7.I am not sure ________(do )well in the work.【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 6 I’m going to study computer science.第五课时Section B(2a - 4)【学习目标】1. 口头、笔头掌握以下句型:Most of the time, we make promises to other people.Some people write down their resolutions and plans for the coming year.Most resolutions have one thing in common.For this reason, some people say the best resolution is to have no resolutions!熟练掌握以下词汇:be able to, question, meaning, discuss, promise, beginning, improve, write down, physical, themselves, self-improvement, hobby, weekly, schoolwork, agree 掌握并能正确使用本课时的重点短语:have to do with, make promises, have…in common, write down, for this reason, take up【学习重难点】1.培养阅读能力。2.掌握文章中的语法点及词组。3. 能读懂难度相当的用be going to结构描述未来打算的短文,并能用这种结构写出未来打算。【学法指导】1.自主朗读本课时单词仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。2.自学课文2b,勾画出文中不能理解的短语和句子。【自学互助】一.朗读本课时重点词语,找出生词和难点并在文中标出来。二.仔细理解课文的意思,并可以仿照课文例句造句。三.翻译下列短语。a kind of_____________________ make promises_______________________ get back from________________ at the beginning of_________________write down___________________ some…others…______________________have to do with…____________ take up_____________________________ have…in common______________ hardly ever_________________________ too…to…____________________ for this reason_____________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】朗读课文,认真听、评。【质疑互究】探究一: promise既可以作名词,也可以作动词,意为“承诺,诺言”。常用结构:make a promise to sb 意为“对某人许诺” Promise sb to do sth 意为“承诺某人做某事”。例如:I want you to make a promise to me .我想要你对我做出承诺。 She promised me to try her best to help him.她向我保证尽最大努力去帮他。试一试: He promised _______his old friend in Tianjin. A.see B.seeing C.saw D.to see探究二:辨析 at the beginning of,at the beginning,in the beginningAt the beginning of 意为“在....之初”其后通常接表示时间,事件或其他意义的名词,其反义词组是at the end of.例如:At the beginning of July,we are going to Shanghai.七月初,我们要去上海。At the beginning和in the beginning 都可表示“起初”两者可以互换。例如:Everything is hard at the beginning.万事开头难。试一试:翻译 上学期开始,我发现学英语很难。________________________________________【检测互评】一、用所给词的适当形式填空。1. I don’t know what ____________(do) next.2. My first resolution is about ____________(improve) my physical health.3. This is my _____________(person)opinion. I hope you can think it over.4. Listening to music can make us __________(feel) happy.5. John is going to work____________(hard) than before.6. I am going to ___________ (be) a doctor when I grow up.7. Jack plays the violin very well. He must be a (violin) when he grows up. 8. The (begin) of the meeting is a video about animals.二,句型转换。1. He is going to go to a cooking school. (对划线部分提问) _______ is he going to ? My father wants to be a pilot. (写出一般疑问句) _______ your father to be a pilot?3. It’s a good time to make resolutions at the beginning of the year.(写出同义句) The of the year is a good time for resolutions.4. Will you make a model plane for her? (写出同义句) _______ you to make a model plane for her?5. The resolution is so hard that he can’t keep it. (写出同义句) The resolution is hard for him keep.【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 6 I’m going to study computer science.第六课时 Self check一. 单项选择.( )1. This is an important problem. Please . A.write it down B.write down it C.write it in D.write in it( )2. —What is a resolution?—It’s . A.a promise B.an action C.a message D.a letter( )3. the beginning of the term, my mother bought me a new schoolbag. A.With B.On C.at D.By( )4.His resolution the life in the next year. A.has to do with B.is good at C.is next to D.cross from( )5. You are coughing! You should take some . A.medicine B.meat C.hamburgers D.juice( )6. I want to go to the movie tonight. But my parents don’t agree me. A.with B.on C.at D.in( )7. —What’s your ?— I like swimming. A.hobby B.name C.age D.habit二. 完形填空.Kate’s brother Danny 1 some New Year’s resolutions this year. 2 , he is going to learn 3 the guitar. She is going to take the guitar lessons 4 practice every day. Next he wants to get good 5 . He is going to study 6 and he is going to do all his homework 7 he watches TV. Finally, he wants to learn 8 new language. He is going to buy some 9 CDs and practice 10 at home every morning. ( ) 1. A. made B. make C. is make D. making( ) 2. A. First B. Second C. Third D. Last( ) 3. A. play B. playing C. to play D. plays( ) 4. A. but B. or C. then D. and( ) 5. A. lesson B. class C. grades D. record( ) 6. A. harder B. worse C. more beautiful D. cooler( ) 7. A. when B. as C. if D. before( ) 8. A. an B. a C. the D. /( ) 9. A. Japan B. Japanese C. China D. America( ) 10. A. they B. their C. them D. theirs三. 阅读理解.Young people have many dreams. Here are Lei Ping and her friends’ dreams. Lei Ping is going to be an actor. She likes acting. She thinks the actors are well-known and they can make lots of money. She is going to take acting lessons. Her friend Yong likes writing. He is going to write articles for the magazines when he grows up. He thinks reading more is good for writing. So he often reads books in the library now. The other friend Li is going to be a teacher. She thinks children are lovely and in the long vacation she can do what she wants to do. ( )1.Lei Ping’s dream is to be a(n) . A. actor B. pilot C. bank clerk D. reader( )2.What does Lei Ping think of the job of actor? A. The actors are well-know. B. The actors can travel anywhere. C. She doesn’t like actors. D. She thinks they are tired.( )3.How is Yong going to achieve his dream? A. He is doing more exercise every day. B. He is writing articles for the magazines. C. He is reading books in the library. D. He is taking writing lessons after school.( )4. Li is Lei Ping’s . A. reader B. cousin C. sister D. friend( )5. These ideas of the young are . A. interesting B. not fit them C. not to be true D. wrong六.书面表达. 你的理想是什么?为什么选择这样的理想?你打算怎样去实现它?请以“My Dream”为题,写一篇60词左右的短文。 ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Unit 7 Will people have robots?第一课时Section A(1a--1c)【学习目标】1.熟练掌握词汇:future,environment,planet,building,play a part,world peace 2.熟练掌握以下句型:(1)In the future,there will be... (2)A:Will there be... ? B:Yes,I hope so. 3.学习一般将来时态的相关知识,学会对未来进行预测。【学习重难点】 1.more,less,fewer的用法。2.there be 句式的一般将来时态there will be…【学法指导】1.学习一般将来时态的相关知识,学会对未来进行预测。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。三.翻译下列句子。 1.你认为人们家里将会出现机器人吗?________________________________ 2.孩子们将会去学校上学吗?________________________________________ 3.他们将在自己家里通过电脑学习。__________________________________ 4.人们将可以活到200岁。__________________________________________ 5.一切都将免费。__________________________________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:一般将来时表示将来某个时间将要发生的动作或存在的状态,也表示将来经常或反复发生的动作,常与表示将来的时间状语,如tomorrow, next week, next month, in 100 years等连用。 由“助动词will+动词原形”构成,will在代词后常简写为’ll, 否定句在will后加not,will not常简写为won’t。在疑问句中,主语为第一人称(I和we)时,常用助动词shall。 2)由“be going to+动词原形”构成,表示将要发生的事或打算、计划、决定要做的事情。 What are you going to do tomorrow? 你明天打算做什么? 3). There be 句型的一般将来时结构为There will be ....试一试: 1.Kids will come back to school tomorrow. Kids _________come back to school tomorrow.(改为否定句) _______ _______ come back to school tomorrow?(改为一般疑问句) Yes,_______ _______./ No,_______ _______.(作肯定及否定回答)2.There will be a heavy rain tomorrow. _______ _______ be a heavy rain tomorrow. (改为否定句) _______ _______ _____ a heavy rain tomorrow? (改为一般疑问句) Yes,_______ _______./ No,_______ _______.(作肯定及否定回答) 探究二:in 100 years的汉语意思为“在100年之后”,常用于一般将来时态时态。多少年之后还可以用after +时间段表示,但一般用于过去时态。after 和in 都有“在...之后”的意思。试一试: He ________ ________(find) a pleasant job in ten years. He ________ ________(come) back to China after ten years. 【检测互评】 一.用所给词的适当形式填空. In five years, I ________(be) able to ________(go) to college.In ten years,she ________(be)a doctor.Now she________(be)a student.People _________(fly) rockets to the moon for vacations one day.4.Linda __________(study) in a language school three years ago.She _______(become) an English teacher in two years. 二.选择填空( ) 1.There _____ a sports meeting next week. A. is B. are C. will have D. will be ( ) 2.Five years ago, Sally _____ soccer, but today she _____ soccer. She ____ basketball in five years. A. played, doesn’t play, will play B. played, didn’t play, will play C. plays, won’t play, will play D. played, doesn’t play, play三. 按要求完成句子,每空一词。1. There will be a sports meeting this weekend. (改为同义句) There ________ ________ ________ be a sports meeting this weekend.2. Will the flowers come out soon? (作肯定回答) _________, _________ _________. 3. We'll go out for a walk with you. (改为否定句) We _________ _________ out for a walk with you. 4. Changsha will have a fine day. (改为一般疑问句) _________ Changsha _________ a fine day? 【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________ Unit 7 Will people have robots?第二课时Section A(2a--2d)【学习目标】1.能熟练掌握并灵活运用下列单词和短语:in the future,prediction, environment,pollution, planet,play a part,world peace,future,planet. 2.学习一般将来时态的相关知识,学会对未来进行预测。3.熟练掌握以下句型:(1) What’s your prediction about the future?(2) I think there will be fewer trees.(3) Everyone should play a part in saving the earth.【学习重难点】 1.more,less,fewer的用法。2.there be 句式的一般将来时态there will be【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时的新单词及短语。2.自读对话2d,把握大意,划出不懂之处并小组合作解决。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。三.英汉互译。in great danger_________________ play a part_____________________live on the earth_______________save the earth__________________将会有更少的人。__________________________________________________ 将会有更少的空闲时间。____________________________________________ 将会有更多的污染。_______________________________________________ 四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:根据2a所圈内容,请你来总结一下:(1).fewer译为______,是______的比较级,修饰___________(复数/不可数) 名词。(2).less译为_______,是______的比较级,修饰___________(复数/不可数)名词。(3). more译为_______,是_______或______的比较级,修饰________(复数/不可数)名词试一试: 用more/fewer/less练习填空。(1).We are thirsty. We have _________ water to drink.(2).Don’t be so rude。Or you will have ________ friends.(3).Don’t worry. We’ll give you _________ advice.(建议)(4).I’m healthy, because I eat _________ vegetables every day.探究二:danger 名词,意为“危险;威胁”。 in danger“处于危险之中”,其反义词为out of danger,意为“脱离危险”.例如:The boy’s life was in danger yesterday,but now he is out of danger.拓展:danger的形容词形式为dangerous,意为“危险的”。练一练: 翻译 我们应该保护处于危险中的动物。 ______________________________________________探究三:play a part in 参与(某事),后接名词,代词,动词ing.例如:Everyone played a part in the activity yesterday.试一试: 填空As a student ,you’d better play a part in _______(join)the activity in the club.【检测互评】 一.用所给词的适当形式填空. 1. There (be) fewer cars in 100 years.2. She (be not) 20 next month.3. the Browns (go) to Shanghai for vacation? – Yes, they will. 4 There will be (few) birds in the future than now.Kids (study) at home on computers in 100 years.Many people in our village _______a lot of tall _________ last year. ( build)7. There will be ________(little) pollution in the future. 二.选择填空 ( )1.We’ll try our best to do the work with _____ money and _____ people. A. few, little B. a few, a little C. less , fewer D. fewer, less( ) 2.The city will have _____ trees and _____ pollution. A. more, lot B. less, fewer C. more , less D. less, less ( ) 3. —Will people live to be 300 years old? —_________. A. No, they aren't B. No, they won't C. No, they don't D. No, they can't( ) 4. There will be ____ cars and ____ pollution twenty years later. A. many, few B. little, few C. less, more D. fewer, less( ) 5. I think people here are friendly. Do you agree _________ me? A. with B. to C. on D. from ( ) 6. —Where is Miss Wang? —She went to Hainan Island last week and will return _________ six days. A. ago B. later C. behind D. in 【总结提升】我的收获:________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 7 Will people have robots?第三课时Section A(Grammar Focus—3c)【学习目标】1.熟练掌握词汇:future,environment,planet,building,play a part,world peace2. 熟练掌握以下句型(1)In the future,there will be...(2)A:Will there be... ? B:Yes,I hope so.【学习重难点】1.一般现在时和一般将来时的运用。2. more,less,fewer的用法。3.能运用本节课的重要句型进行问答。【学法指导】1.朗读Grammar Focus的句子,理解并归纳总结。2.互助学习,练习句型结构。【自学互助】一.自主朗读本课时单词仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆:二.朗读本课时重点句型和学习目标,朗读2d 对话找出生词和难点并在文中标出来。三.阅读学习语法聚焦,然后试做3a 和3b.四.翻译下列短语。 参与_________________ 活到...岁________________ 世界和平 ____________ 在地球上_________________ 免费的_______________ 在极度危险中_____________ 在将来_______________ 搬往某地_________________ 拯救地球_____________ 在农村 __________________ 做和人类相同的工作___________________________________五.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一: pollution意为“污染;污染物”,为不可数名词。例如:. air pollution 空气污染 noise pollution 噪音污染 拓展:pollution的动词形式为pollute,意为“污染”,其过去式为polluted,现在分词形式为polluting。试一试: The river is too dirty because of the ________(pollute).探究二: future 名词,意为“将来,未来”。拓展:in the future将来,未来 (指将来的某一段时间) in future ==from now on以后;今后(指全部将来)试一试: 翻译 以后,我要努力学习,将来,我要当一名电脑程序师。___________________________________________________________________________ 探究三:辨析:on the earth 和 on earth1.on the earth 意为“在地球上”2.on earth 作“到底;究竟”讲时,常放在what,when 等疑问词之后,以加强问句的语气;作“当今;世界上”讲时,用于最高级之后,加强语气;作“一点儿也不”讲时,用于否定词之后,加强否定的语气。例如:What on earth do you mean? 你究竟是什么意思?He said:“ I’m the happiest man on earth.”他说:“我是世界上最幸福的人。”It’s no use on earth.这一点儿也没有用。L 【检测互评】一.用there be 或者 have的适当形式填空。 1. an English speech contest tomorrow. 2. no schools in this village 20 years ago. 3.She a car and a house in 10 years. But now she nothing because she no money. 4. some students and a teacher in the classroom. 5.They a lot of housework to do every day.二.用适当的介词填空。 1. ___________ten years, I think I’ll be a reporter. 2. I’ll live _________ Shanghai. 3. ___________ a reporter, I think I will meet lots of people. 4. ___________ the week, I go to school and have many classes. 5. ___________the weekends, I usually stay at home.三.单项选择。( )1. Five years ago, Li Mei ______ soccer. A. plays B. played C. will play( )2. _____ more buildings in our school in the future. A. There are B. There were C. There will be( )3. Her grandmother lived______103 years old. A. to B. be C. to be( )4.—______will Mary’s cousin come back from Shanghai? —In a week. A. How long B. How often C. How soon( )5. Usually Mike spends __________ time doing homework than Jack. A. little B. fewer C. Less【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________ Unit 7 Will people have robots?第四课时Section B (1a - 1e)【学习目标】1.熟练掌握以下词汇:astronaut, rocket, space, space station, fly, took, moon,take the train2.熟练掌握以下句型:(1) A:What do you think your life will be like in ten years? B: I think I’ll be an astronaut.(2) A: Where will you live? B: I’ll live on a space station.(3) I’ll fly rockets on the moon.(4) Maybe there will be flights to other planets.【学习重难点】 巩固will表示的一般将来时态【学法指导】1.自读短语并查出汉语意思。2.小组合作,互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一、收集有关职业和交通工具的名词。Job:_________________________________________________________________Transportation:________________________________________________________二、根据自己的实际情况完成下列表格。三、汉译英。 宇航员/航天员_____________ 飞行__________(过去式:_____________) 太空/空间_______________ 火箭_________ 月亮/月球_______________ 在太空站________________ 飞往…________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:1.小组复习总结一般将来时态的结构以及各种句式。探究二:2.比较一般过去时态,一般现在时态和一般将来时态的区别。讨论并总结:(1) 谈论他人上班或上学的交通方式应该用什么句型?请用三种时态形式表示出来。一般过去时:--_______ _______you get to school? --I ________(take)the train to school.一般现在时:--_________ _________you get to work? --I_________(get)to work by bike.一般将来时:--_________ _________you get to work? --I_________(fly)to work.(2)谈论他人居住地点应该用什么句型?请用三种时态形式表示出来。一般过去时:--_________ _________you _________? --I_________(live) in an apartment.一般现在时:--_________ _________ you _________? --I _________(live)in a house.一般将来时: --_________ _________you _________? --I_________(live)on a space station.(3)表示自己现在的职业用:I_______ a/an…预测自己将来的职业用:I______ ______a/an…(4)请仔细观察下面的两个句子有什么不同。①What will your life be like in ten years?②What do you think your life will be like in the years?在插入do you think之后,疑问句出现什么变化? ________________________________试一试:汉译英。① 你认为她什么时候会来? _________do you think _________ _________ _________?② 一百年后世界会是什么样?_________do you think the world _________ _________ _________ _________100 years?【检测互评】一.根据句意及首字母提示完成单词1. China will build our own s station. 2. Zhai Zhigang is an excellent a .3. People will visit other planets by r . 4. Tomorrow I will f to Beijing and have a meeting.5. The m goes round the earth.二.用所给词的适当形式填空He___________(live)in Weihai two years ago. 2. There__________(be) an English test next Wednesday.3. There are many beautiful__________(build) in Harbin. 4. I__________(work) near here. 5. He swimming in the river every day in summer. (go)6. “ When you the car ?” (buy) “ In 1998 . ” 7. Mary’s birthday is next Monday, Her mother ___________(give)her a present.8. They all _________(go) to the mountains yesterday morning. 【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 7 Will people have robots?第五课时Section B (2a - 4)【学习目标】1.熟练掌握以下词汇: scientist, already, made, factory, simple, human, shape, snake, possible, seem, impossible, housework, hundreds of , be able to,over and over again,fall down,look for,for example,look like,wake up ,bored,such2.熟练掌握以下句型: (1) He thinks that it will be difficult for a robot to do the same things as a person. (2)They think that robots will even be able to talk to people in 25 to 50 years. (3)Some will look like humans, and others might look like animals.【学习重难点】1.培养阅读能力.2.掌握文章中的语法点及词组.3.学会使用will来作预测【学法指导】1.自主朗读本课时单词仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。2.自学课文2b,勾画出文中不能理解的短语和句子。【自学互助】一.阅读课文,勾画不懂的或者你认为难理解的词句,并做好标记。通读课文,二.仔细理解课文的意思,并可以仿照课文例句造句。三.英汉互译。unpleasant(反义词)_______________ made(原形) ________________ seem possible get bored__________________human(复数)______________________ 看起来像___________________ 一再;反复 the same as________________醒来;唤醒_______________________ 寻找_______________________ 四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】朗读课文,认真听、评。【质疑互究】探究一:观察与思考 However, they agree it may take hundreds of years. hundreds of 意思为____________,后跟___________名词复数。当hundred 表示具体数量时,不可以+s,也不可以和of 连用。例如:400___________。试一试:There are __________books in our school library. A.hundred of B.hundreds of C.nine hundreds D.nine hundreds of 探究二:He thinks that it will be difficult( for a robot) to do the same things as a person. It’s easy for a child to wake up and know where they are. It is +形容词+(for sb. +)to do sth. 意思为_________________________试一试:汉译英。① 学好英语对我而言很难。_______is difficult for me ________ ________English well.② 按时到校对我而言很容易。______is easy for me _______ _______to school on time.探究三:For example,there are already robots working in factories. There be sb. /sth. +doing sth. 意思为_____________________________练一练:Listen! There is a girl ________(sing)in the next room. There are some boys _________(swim) in the swimming pool.5.possible 是形容词,意为“可能存在或发生的,可能的”。反义词为impossible常用结构:as …… as possible 尽可能地,……例如: as soon as possible 尽可能快(指时间) as fast as possible 尽可能快(指速度) as quickly as possible 尽可能快(指动作)【检测互评】一.根据汉语提示完成句子。1. No one knows what will happen ___________the ____________(在将来).2. These things were invented __________ __________(数百)years ago.3. When I work for a long time, I’ll _________ _________(感到厌倦).4. When she was 20, her dream to be a singer __________ __________(实现).三.从方框中选择合适的句子将下列对话补充完整。(10分)Tony and Jack are talking about the life in ten years. Tony: What will you be in ten years? Jack: (1) ________ Tony: Why? Jack: Because I like selling things to people, and I want to get much money. Tony: (2) ________ A:Where will you live?B: I will visit lots of places of interest.C:Yes,I will.D:I will be a businessman.E:Will you live with your parents?Jack: I’ll live in Hangzhou.I went to Hangzhouthree years ago and fell in love with it. Tony: (3) ________ Jack: Yes, I like living with my parents. I will buy a big apartment for my family. Tony: Will you have pets?Jack:(4)______I will have two dogs in ten years. Tony: Where will you go on vacation? Jack: (5) ________ 1._______ 2.______ 3.________ 4._______ 5._______【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________ Unit 7 Will people have robots? 第六课时 Self check一.根据句意和首字母提示,补全下列单词。1.I think every home will have a r_________ to help them do housework .2.The cities will be more polluted and the e___________ will be in great danger.3.In the f___________,there will be more fresh water.4.I live in an a__________ across the street from here.5.Computers and rockets seemed i__________ 100 years ago.二.用括号中所给词的适当形式填空。1. In 50 years,people will have ___________ (much) free time .2.There will be less _________ (pollute) in the sea.3. They _________ ( not have ) any classes next week.4. Betty _________ ( write ) to her parents tomorrow.5. He _________ ( read ) an English book now.三.选择填空。( )5.A dog robot could help____the room. A. cleaning B. getting C. clean D. get ( )6. —_________ will they play? —They will play football. A. What subject B. What sport C. What food D. What language( )7. —How many birds can you see in the trees? —I can see _________ birds in them. A. hundreds of B. five hundreds C. hundred of D. five hundreds of( )8. He is very happy , because he _____ in a big apartment next year. A. live B. lives C. will live D. will living( )9. Robots can do simple jobs and never get _____. A. bored B. boring C. boreing D. to bored( )10. I think it will be difficult ___ a robot ____ the same things as a person. A. as, to do B. for, to do C. for ,doing D. as, doing四.完形填空。We live in computer age (时代). People 1 scientists, teachers, writers and even students use computers to do all kinds of work. But more than 30 years ago, 2 couldn't do much. They were very big and expensive. Very 3 people were interested in them and knew how to use them. Today computers are smaller and 4 . But they can do a lot of work, many people like to use them. Many people 5 have them at home. Computers become very important because they can work 6 than people and make fewer mistakes. Computers can 7 people do a lot of work. Writers now use computers to 8 . Teachers use them to help teaching. Students use them to 9 . Computers can also remember what you 10 them. Computers are very useful and helpful. They are our friends. Do you want to have a computer? ( ) 1. A. Like B. as C. and D. with ( ) 2. A. students B. scientists C. teachers D. computers ( ) 3. A. few B. a few C. little D. a little ( ) 4. A. cheap B. cheaper C. more expensive D. expensive ( ) 5. A. even B. still C. Already D. yet ( ) 6. A. fast B. faster C. slow D. slower ( ) 7. A. help B. make C. stop D. use ( ) 8. A. write B. Play C. study D. learn ( ) 9. A. sing B. Study C. dance D. watch ( ) 10. A. put in B. put on C. put into D. put up 五.根据所给汉语完成句子,每空一词。1.书籍将会仅仅在电脑,而不在纸上。 Books_________only________on computers,________on paper. 2.他的叔叔是一名宇航员。他去年在太空站工作。 His uncle is an _________. He worked on a _________ _________ last year. 3.每个人应该参与到拯救地球的活动中。 Everyone should_______ _______ _______in saving the earth.4.机器人能多次反复的从事简单的工作。 Robots can do simple jobs ______ ______ ______ ______.六.书面表达。 以“预测未来生活”为话题,围绕这一话题谈论未来生活会是什么样,介绍未来生活状况。应用一般将来时态,对某一话题展开充分的、合理的想象,同时也可用比较级结构,增强与现在的对比效果。常见的预测未来的话题有:机器人、电脑、环境、旅行、学习、工作等。____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Unit 8 How do you make a banana milk shake?第一课时Section A(1a--1c)【学习目标】1. 熟记新单词和新短语。2. 掌握下列句型: (1)How do you make a banana milk shake? Peel the bananas. (2)Pour the milk into the blender.3. 学会制作奶昔、沙拉并描述其过程。 【学习重难点】1.能听、说、读、写本节课新词和短语。2.能听懂,读懂描述程序的简短听力材料.【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.回顾你所学过的有关食物的单词,并将其分类,比一比谁写的多。Drink:________________________________________________________________Fruit:________________________________________________________________Vegetables:___________________________________________________________Food:_________________________________________________________________三.汉译英。喝奶昔_____________________ 切碎香蕉 ________________________启动搅拌机 ________________ 把酸奶倒入搅拌机_________________剥香蕉皮___________________ 制作香蕉奶昔_____________________把.....放入.....内 _____________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:举例辨析可数名词与不可数名词。1)可数名词:________________________________________________________________2)不可数名词:______________________________________________________________ 探究二:turn on意为 , 试一试:翻译turn off \ up \down 探究三:How do you make a banana milk shake?你怎样制作香蕉奶昔?描述其过程。 First________ ________ ________and________ ________ _________ ________. Next ________ ________ ________and________ ________ _________ ________. Then_________ ________ ________ _________ _________ _________. Finally ________ ________ _________ ________. Now you can ________ ________ _________ ________.【检测互评】一、把下列单词归类:yogurt, , watermelon, spoon, popcorn,salt, sandwich, bread, butter , lettuce , turkey,onion, duck, apple, honey ,orange ,banana, beef, tomato.可数名词:__________________________________________________________________不可数名词:_________________________________________________________________二、根据句意及首字母填空。 1. The room is dark, Please t on the lights. 2. We should stop the factory from p dirty water into the river. 3. I’d like to d milk shake. 4. Before you eat the bananas, you should p them. 5. How do you m an orange salad?三、单项选择。( ) 1.The TV is so noisy, will you please a little? A. turn it up B. turn it off C. turn it down D. turn it on( ) 2. He had something to write down and ask me for A.a paper B.some papers C.some pieces of papers D.a piece of paper( ) 3.I’d like to drink _______. A.some yogurt B. milks C. some juices D. some lettuce( ) 4.--- The banana is too big. --- You can _________ A. cut up them B. cut them up C. cut it up D. cut up it( ) 5.Look! Linda is ______ hot water into the blender. A. pour B. pours C. pouring D. to pour( ) 6.If you want to be ______, you should eat more fruit and vegetables. A. health B. healthly C. healthy D. healthily( ) 7.Turn on the blender______ about two minutes. A. for B. in C. to D. at( ) 8.Don’t forget to ______ the blender after the smoothie is ready. A. turn on B. turn off C. open D. close【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________ Unit 8 How do you make a banana milk shake?第二课时Section A(2a--2d)【学习目标】1. 熟记新单词和新短语。2. 掌握下列句型:(1)A:How many bananas do we need? B:Three.A:How much yogurt do we need? B:One cup. (3)I want to make Russian soup for a party on Saturday. 3.学会制作俄式汤并描述其过程。 【学习重难点】1.能听、说、读、写本节新词和短语。2.能听懂,读懂描述程序的听力材料。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时的新单词及短语。2.自读对话2d,把握大意,划出不懂之处并小组合作解决。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.回顾制作香蕉奶昔的过程。_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________三.英汉互译。 水果沙拉_________________ how many ________________ 一杯酸奶 ________________ how much_________________ 让我想一想_______________ make Russian soup________ 加一些盐 ________________ cut up___________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:举例说明如何表达可数名词与不可数名词的数量.1)可数名词:_________________________________________________________________2)不可数名词:______________________________________________________________探究二:询问可数名词与不可数名词的数量:1.How much yogurt do we need? 2.How many apples do we need?询问数量:可数名词用 不可数名词用 探究三:How do you make a banana milk shake?你怎样制作俄式汤?描述其过程。First,_________________________________________________________________Then,__________________________________________________________________Next,__________________________________________________________________ After that,____________________________________________________________Then,__________________________________________________________________Finally,_______________________________________________________________ 【检测互评】一、 用how many 或how much 填空 1.___________(多少香蕉)do we need? 2.___________(多少西红柿)do we need? 3.___________(多少牛奶)do you need? 4.___________(多少冰淇淋)do they need? 5. ___________(多少面包)do your friends need? 6.___________(多少片面包)does he need? 7.____________(多少蜂蜜)does your mother need? 8.____________(多少杯蜂蜜)do they need? 二、补全对话。 A: What are you ______ now? B: I’m thinking I need to ______ how to make fruit salad. It’s very nice. A: OK. It’s not ______ to make it. Let me _____ you. First, cut up three bananas and a watermelon. ______ ,put the fruit in a bowl. _______,put in two teaspoons of cinnamon and a ______ of yogurt. Finally, ______ it all up. B: Oh, I see. I can make it for you now. Please ______. A: That’s quite right. You are really ______. B: Thanks a lot.三、用括号中所给词的适当形式填空。 1. We forgot _____________ (tell) him the news, so he didn’t know at all. 2. We hope ________________ (see) you soon. 3. Put ___________ (they) on the sandwich ,please. 4. I think I’m_______________ (outgoing) than Sam . 5. The students enjoy ________________ (have) birthday parties .【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________ Unit 8 How do you make a banana milk shake?第三课时Section A(Grammar Focus—3c)【学习目标】1.熟练掌握以下词汇:add,sugar,finally,beef,cheese,popcorn,add…to…,put…into,forget to do,how many/much2.熟练掌握以下句型(1)How do you make…?(2)How much/many…do we need?3.通过实践活动,培养学生的实际操作能力,调动学生的情感态度、兴趣等非智力因素。【学习重难点】1. 能听懂,读懂描述程序的听力材料,2. 能就某个操作程序对话,初步书面编写对话.【学法指导】1.朗读Grammar Focus的句子,理解并归纳总结。2.互助学习,练习句型结构。【自学互助】一、自主朗读本课时单词仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆:二、朗读本课时重点句型和学习目标。三、阅读学习语法附录,然后试做3a 和3b.四、英汉互译。 Plant a tree______________ 制作牛肉面_________________ One spoon_________________ 洗衣服_____________________ take out a book from the library__________________________ half a cup________________ 制作爆米花_________________五.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一: 在制作某一事物、食品或做某一件事情时,一般都分为几个步骤。英文中常用来表示步骤的词语有:first, next, then, finally, 中文意思依次为:________、________、________、_______。熟练掌握这几个词能帮助你有秩序地记叙事情发展的过程。试一试:________cut up three bananas,three apples and a watermelon.________ Put the fruit in a bowl.________put in two teaspoons of honey and a cup of yogurt,_______ mix it all。探究二:How many\ how much 的区别用法,选词填空。 How many 对 (可数、不可数)提问; How much 对 (可数、不可数)提问。探究三:forget是动词,意为“ 忘记”。后面可以直接跟名词,如:他忘记了他的生日。He forgot his birthday.后面跟动词不定式,即 forget to do sth, 意思是“忘记要做某事”例如:他忘记做作业了,老师很生气。He forgot to do his homework, so the teacher was angry. 后面跟v-ing形式,即forget doing sth表示“忘记做过某事了”。例如:他又买了一只钢笔,他忘记已买过一只了。He bought a pen again, for he forgot buying one。 拓展: forget 的反义词是remember, remember 也有常用的三个结构: a.后面可以直接跟名词,如:他记住了汤姆的容貌。He remembered Tom’s look. b.后面跟动词不定式,即remember to do sth. 意思是“记得要做某事” c.后面跟v-ing 形式,表示“记得做过某事了”.试一试: --Please don’t ________the lights before you leave. --OK. A.forget turnning on B.forget to turn off C.forget turning off D.forget to turn on【检测互评】单项选择。( )1. All the ingredients are in the bowl. Please mix . A. it up B. up it C. up them D. them up( )2. Turn on the blender about two minutes. A. of B. in C. for D. with( )3. Please cut _____ the banana _____ small pieces. A. up, to B. up, into C. off, to D. off, into( )4. Please turn___ the light when you leave the room.[来源:学科网] A. off B. on C. up D. down( )5. ________ cups of coffee do we need? A. How B. How much C. How many D. How many of( )6. —______ bread would you like? —Three pieces of ________. A. How many, breads B. How many, bread C. How much, breads D. How much, bread( )7. Will you add ________ to the salad? A. many honeys B. much honeys C. more honey D. many more honey( )8. ________ mix these things together. A. Not B. No C. Don’t D. You aren’t( )9.There ________ two slices of turkey on the table and there _______some relish on the slices. A. are, are B. are, is C. is, is D. is, are【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________ Unit 8 How do you make a banana milk shake?第四课时Section B( 1a - 1e)【学习目标】熟练掌握词汇: sandwich,butter,piece,turkey,slices,lettuce, put...on,a slice of,a piece of...熟练掌握以下句型: Do you like…? Yes,I do/No,I don’t3.熟练掌握本课出现的可数名词及不可数名词。可数名词:sandwich, turkey, slice.不可数名词:bread, butter, relish, lettuce.【学习重难点】如何对可数名词和不可数名词计量。【学法指导】1.熟练掌握本课出现的可数名词及不可数名词。2.小组合作,互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一、朗读本课时单词并记忆。二、汉译英。三明治_______________ 片;块______________ 黄油______________ 一片面包_____________ 把...放在...上____________________ 你喜欢加生菜的三明治?____________________________________________ 把一些黄油放在一片面包上。________________________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:Piece 是可数名词,意为“片,块”。 若用来表示不可数名词的数量,用“数词 + piece(s) + of 名词”结构。 例如:a piece of bread你能总结更多类似的结构吗?写在下列横线上。________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________探究二:辨析可数名词和不可数名词。 1.可数名词________(有/没有)单复数的变化,_______(可以/不可以)和冠词或数词连用。 2.不可数名词_______(有/没有)单复数的变化,能与________(定冠词/不定冠词)连用,但________(能/不能)与不定冠词或数词连用。 当表达不可数名词的确定数量时,一般用__________________等短语。如:两片面包two_______________bread,一汤勺蜂蜜a________ ________honey,(2)当表达不可数名词的不确定的数量时,一般用some_______,little,_______等词 组。如:much homework. 3.对可数名词的数量进行提问时,我们通常用_____________; 对不可数名词的数量进行提问时,我们通常用______________。【检测互评】一.用所给词的正确形式填空1. How many ________(slice) of bread do weekend?2. I eat two_________(sandwich)for breakfast.3. Here are some bananas. Please cut________(they)up.4. I need _________(buy) some flowers.5._________(final),mix it all up.6. We need some _______(tomato).7. Here_______(be) some milk. Drink it please.8._______(not turn)on the blender.9. You can take these________(information) to your uncle.10.If you put some _______(butter)on the bread, it will taste more delicious.二.句型转换:1.I like lettuce in sandwiches (变一般疑问句)__________ ____________ ____________lettuce in sandwiches?2.We need a teaspoon of relish.(对划线部分提问)?__________ _________relish _________we need?3.There are fifty students in our class.(对划线部分提问)__________ _________students__________ ___________in your class?4.a,of,relish,first,on,bread,put,some,slice(连词成句)_________________________________________________________5.Add some salt to the soup.(改为否定句)_________________________________________________________三.单项选择。( )1.There ________ two slices of bread on the table,and some bread________ in the bowl. A.are, is B.is,are C.is,is D.are,are ( )2.--Could I have something to eat? -Sure.Here’s some ________. A.chicken B.tomatoes C.orange D. Bananas( )3.First,open the box.Next,take it out. ________ ,eat it. A.Next B.Second C.First D.Finally 【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 8 How do you make a banana milk shake?第五课时Section B (2a - 4)【学习目标】1.熟记掌握以下词汇:traditional,traveler,celebrate,mix,fill,cover,remember2.掌握并能正确使用本课时重点短语; have a big meal,fill…with…,cover…with…3:熟练掌握以下句型:1).It is a time to give thanks for food in the autumn.2).Here is one way to make turkey for a Thanksgiving dinner.3).Next,fill the turkey with this bread mix.【学习重难点】1.培养阅读能力.2.掌握文章中的语法点及词组.【学法指导】1.自主朗读本课时单词仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。2.自学课文2b,勾画出文中不能理解的短语和句子。【自学互助】一.朗读本课时单词,仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。二.阅读课文,勾画不懂的或者你认为难理解的词句,并做好标记。三.仔细理解课文的意思,说出火鸡的制作方法。四.汉译英。 该做某事了____________________ 用...把...填充____________________ 用...盖住..___________________ 在特别的假期______________________ 在这时候______________________ 在一个大盘子里___________________ 把火鸡切成薄片________________ 现在,大部分美国人依然按惯例与家人在家里吃顿大餐,并以此来庆祝表达感激之情。 ________________________________________________________________________ 把火鸡填满并和面包混合。 ______________________________________________________五.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】朗读课文,认真听、评。【质疑互究】探究一:Tradition 是形容词,意为“传统的,惯例的”,tradition是它的名词,意为“传统,惯例”,by tradition 意为“按照传统风俗”。试一试: 翻译 这个国家有许多传统的节日。_____________________________探究二:It is time + (for sb)to do sth.意为“该某人做某事的时候到了”。 It is time to do sth.==It is time for sth 意为“该到做某事的时候了”。只是to是不定式,其后接动词原形,for是介词,后接名词。试一试: 翻译 到吃晚饭的时候了。_________________________ ==_________________________ 我们该去上学了。____________________________探究三:fill...with...意为“用...把...装满”,其被动语态为be filled with,表示状态。表示“...被...装满”。Fill的形容词为full,常用结构be full of==be filled with例如:He filled the box with apples.他用苹果吧盒子装满了。 The cup was filled with water. ==The cup was full of water.杯子里装满了水。拓展:类似用法的还有cover...with...意为“用...把...覆盖”,其被动语态为be covered with,表示状态。表示“...被...覆盖”。试一试: --The box is too heavy to carry.What’s in it? --Oh,it is _________books. A.filled with B.covered with C.used for 【检测互评】根据对话内容选出可填入空白处的最佳选项。 A:_______________________B: Well, first put some mayonnaise on a slice of bread.A: How much mayonnaise ?B: Oh, about a teaspoon.A: OK. What else?B: Next cut up some tomatoes.A:________________________B: Well, one is probably enough. Put the tomato on the sandwich. Then cut up an onion, too.A: Sounds good. ________________B: Next, put some turkey slices on the sandwich.A:_____________________B: About three.A: OK. Is that all?B: Not quite. Put some relish on the turkey.A: How much?B: Two teaspoons should do it. And don’t forget the lettuce.A: ___________________B: Finally, put another slice of bread on top.A: Great!【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 8 How do you make a banana milk shake?第六课时 Self check一、单项选择。( ) 1._______ bananas do you need? A. How B. How many C. How much D. What( ) 2.A: How many oranges do we need? B: Let me _______. Three. A. think B. think of C. think over D. think out( ) 3.-Would you like to drink? -Yes, I’d like a cup of coffee. A. something else B. else something C. anything else D. else anything( ) 4.We have worked for three hours. Now let’s stop a rest. A. had B. have C. to have D. having( ) 5.Don’t eat too much _______. It can make you ill. A. vegetables B. fruit C. meat D. yin food( ) 6.A: _______ do you eat fruit and vegetables? B: Every day. A: How B. How often C. What D. Where( ) 7.A: How much honey does your mother need? B: She needs_______. A. two honey B. two honeys C. two teaspoons of honeys D. two teaspoons of honey( ) 8.A: May I have ______ slice of bread with butter, I’m not full. B: Certainly. Here you are. A. other B. the other C. another D. the others( ) 9.A: I think China is great. B: I agree. It’s famous ______ its food and the Great Wall. A. at B. in C. for D. to ( ) 10.My friend David is ______ from me, he likes apple pies a lot. A. difficult B. different C. difference D. Delicious二、翻译.1.牛奶对健康有好处,我们应多喝牛奶。Milk ______good health. We should ______ more milk.2.你能告诉我们怎样爆玉米花吗? Can you tell us______ ______make______?3.你们上次郊游都干什么了? you your last school trip?4.学生们看了一场关于未来生活的电影。The students a movie in the future.5.你需要好好休息。 You _______ _______ have a good rest.三、阅读理解。 Every country has its favorite food. Italians like to eat pizza. Indians like to eat hot food. Japanese like to eat fish. Often they don’t cook it. In England, one of the most popular kinds of food is fish and chips. People usually buy it in a fish and chip shop. They put it in paper bags, and take it home, or to their workplace. Sometimes they eat it in the park or on the road. The world’s favorite food is American fast food. If you go to some important cities in the world, you can find people eating hamburgers and chips. Fish and chips, and Chinese take-away food are very popular in England. But they are less popular in the USA, they eat take-away food, too, like chicken. But the most popular kind of take-away food is the hamburger. It looks like bread with meat in it. Ham (火腿) is a kind of pork, but the hamburger does not have any pork in it. The beef is inside a kind of cake hamburgers are delicious. They are also popular in England and Australia. ( )1.Italians like to eat __________. A. dumplings B. pizza C. hot food D.pizza and hot food ( )2.Fish and chips are very popular in _____. A. England B. Australia C. the USA D. Canada ( )3.In different countries people eat ______ food. A. different B. the same C. the different D. same ( )4.The hamburger does not have any _____ in it. A. beef B. pork C. fish D. chips ( )5.Hamburger is a kind of ______. A. meat B. drink C. food D. vegetable四、书面表达。 根据本单元所学内容,以“How do you make a fruit salad?”为题目,写出语法正确,意思连贯的短文。____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Unit 9 Can you come to my party?第一课时Section A(1a--1c)【学习目标】1.熟练掌握以下词汇: prepare, prepare for, exam, go to the doctor.2.口、笔头掌握以下句型: A: Can you come to my party on Saturday afternoon? B: Sure, I’d love to . / Sorry , I can’t . I have to help my parents.3.熟练使用情态动词 can ,must和have to. 【学习重难点】1.掌握如何做出邀请和做出回答。2.重点句型:Can you come to my party? Sure,I’d love to./Sorry,I can’t .I have to...【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。三.英汉互译。 prepare for an exam _______________ 看医生 _________________ meet my friend ________________ 帮助我的父母亲________________ have the flu ______________________ I’d love to._________________ 在星期六下午_______________________ have to________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:prepare for ...意为“为...做准备”。其被动形式be prepared for sth==get ready for sth 意为“为...做好了准备”。prepare to do sth意为“准备做某事”。例如:The students are busy preparing for the college entrance examination. The students are well prepared for the sports meeting.试一试: 翻译 我熬夜是为了英语考试而做准备。 ____________________________________________________________ 他准备给他父母写一封信。 ____________________________________________________________探究二:I have to help my parents.翻译:____________________________________ have to意为“必须;不得不”,表示客观需要或义务要求某人必须做某事。 例如:I have to stay at home to babysit my sister. 我不得不呆在家里照顾我妹妹。辨析must 与have to.must 表示主观的义务和必要,意为“必须...;应当...”,后跟动词原形,无人称和时态的变化,其否定形式是mustn’t,表示“不应该;不允许”,语气强烈。 例如:① We must work hard. 我们必须努力工作。 ② I must go. 我必须走。have to 因客观需要必须做某事,有“必须;不得不”的意思,后跟动词原形,有人称和时态的变化,其否定形式是don’t have to,相当于needn’t. 例如:① Do you have to see a doctor today? 你今天要去看医生吗 ② It was late and we have to stay at home. 时间已晚,我们只得呆在家里。试一试:-Mike,I can’t stop playing computer games. -For your eyes,my dear friend.I’m afraid you ________. A.have to B.may C.must 【检测互评】一.用所给词的适当形式填空.1._______you play tennis? Yes , I can. 2.Mary is ill , she _______ (have)________ (go )to the doctor.3.Look! Some people ________ (take) photos here. 4.Thanks for ________ (cook) for me .5.She often ________ (help) me with my English .二.完成下面的句子.1.---Hi , Jeff. Can you come to my party on Saturday? ---I’m sorry ,I can’t .I _________ _________ ________ _________ _________ (得去看我的阿姨)on Saturday .2.--- Hello, Marry. Can you come to my party on Saturday? ---_________ ________ ________(我愿意).3.---May Lee ,can you come to my party tomorrow? --- I’m sorry. I________ ________ _______ ________ ________(得帮我妈妈).4.--- Claudia, can you come to my party on Saturday? --- I’m sorry ,I_______ ________ ________ _______ ________ (要去看电影).5.I have to clean the room right now.(改为否定句) I ______ _______ _______ clean the room right now.【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________ Unit 9 Can you come to my party?第二课时 Section A(2a--2d)【学习目标】1.能熟练掌握以下单词和短语: hang, hang out, catch, available, until, another time,too much homework,go to the movies.2.能灵活运用以下句型: A: Can you go to the movies on Saturday? B: I’m Sorry. I’m not available. I have too much homework this weekend. 【学习重难点】1.能灵活运用如何做出邀请和做出回答,训练听力,掌握相关内容。2.重点句型:Can you go to the movies on Saturday? Sure,I’d love to./ Sorry,I can’t .I’m not available.I have to...【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时的新单词及短语。2.自读对话2d,把握大意,划出不懂之处并小组合作解决。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。三.英汉互译。 have an exam________________ go to the party________________ I’m not available. _________ Thanks for asking._____________ hang out____________________ too much homework______________ 星期一_____________________ 其他时间,别的时间_____________ 谢谢邀请,但是我有太多作业要做了。__________________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:available是形容词,相当于free,意为“有空的”,指物时,意为“可用的,有效的”。例如:I’m afraid I won’t be available the whole week. 恐怕这周我都不空。 OK,I think I’m available during that time. 没问题,我想到时候我应该有空。 These tickets are available for one month. 这些票的有效期是一个月。试一试: 翻译 我下午有空,咱们去购物吧。 _______________________________探究二:辨析anther和the otherAnther 是指三者或三者以上中的“另一个”;the other是指两者中的“另一个”,有特定的数量范围,不是任意的一个。试一试: --Could we see each other at 9:00 tomorrow morning? --Sorry,let’s make it ________time. A.other’s B.the other C.another D.other【检测互评】单项选择。( )1.Would you like ________ my birthday party? A.coming B.to come to C.to come D. in( )2.I’m sorry,I can’t go with you.I have ________ homework to do. A. too many B. too much C. much too D. going to be( )3.Look! There are five planes ________ in the sky. A. fly B. flying C. to fly D. to flying( )4.-Can you come to play basketball with me? -________. A.I can. B.That’s all right. C.Sure,I’d love to. D.I can’t. ( )5.Can you help me _________ my English? A. with B. for C. of D. to( )6.The party is _____ 5:00 _______ Tuesday afternoon. A. at; at B. at; on C. on; at D. on; on ( )7.--- ______ I go boating? ---Certainly, but you _______ finish your homework first. A. Can; must B. May; can C. Must; may D. Can; may( )8.I have to ________ for the math test. A. prepare B. preparing C. learning D. sees [来源:.Com]( )9.Sally, I’d love to go to your house, but I’m not ______ . I must practice the piano. A. available B. talented C. healthy D. Outgoing( )10.Thanks for _______ me _______your mother’s birthday party. A.inviting, to B.invite, to C.invite, for D.inviting, for ( )11.My brother ________ go to the doctor. He has the flu. A.can B.have to C.has to D.can to 【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 9 Can you come to my party?第三课时Section A(Grammar Focus—3c)【学习目标】1.熟练掌握以下词汇 :invite, accept, refuse, hang out , catch .2.能灵活运用下列句子: ⑴My cousin Sam from Xi’an is going to be here. ⑵I remember we went bike riding together last fall when he visited you . ⑶Sam isn’t leaving until next Wednesday.3.学会合理安排自己的日常活动并做出相应的计划。【学习重难点】1.如何发出,接受,拒绝邀请。2.学会礼貌的拒绝并阐述理由。【学法指导】1.朗读Grammar Focus的句子,理解并归纳总结。2.互助学习,练习句型结构。【自学互助】一、自主朗读本课时单词仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆:二、朗读本课时重点句型和学习目标。三、阅读学习语法附录,然后试做3a 和3b.四、英汉互译。 go bike riding _____________ prepare for __________________ not ...until _______________ hang out with sb______________ 我记得去年秋天他拜访你时,我们骑车一起去兜风了。__________________________________________________________________________我很愿意去,但我恐怕去不了。__________________________________________________________________________五.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:Oh,but Sam isn’t leaving until next Wednesday.1)此句中的is leaving 是现在进行时表示将要发生的动作,现在进行时表示将来的句子的谓语绝大多数是位移动词,这样的词还有arrive,come,drive,fly,go,leave等。例如:She is coming here next Sunday. He is driving to Beijing soon.本句中not...until..意为“直到...才...”,谓语动词一般是非延续性的,如:go,come,finish,stop,open,close等。Until用于肯定句时,谓语动词是延续性动词,如:live,work,stay,wait,study等。例如:I didn’t go to school until my mother came back. I will wait here until the class is over.试一试:1. Dad _________the USA in two weeks. A.is leave for B.leaves for C.is leaving for D.left for 2.I had too much work to do last night.I didn’t go to bed ________11 o’clock. A.in B.until C.for D.of探究二:hang 作动词,可意为“悬挂,垂下”,其过去式是hung.例如:A basket hung above the table.桌子上方挂着一个篮子。 hang 作动词也可表示“绞死,吊死”,其过去式为hanged.例如:He was hanged for his crimes.他因犯罪被绞死。 固定搭配:hang out 常去某处,泡在某处例如:She is always hanging out in the street in her spare time.试一试: 翻译 他喜欢在公园附近转悠。 _____________________________________________探究三:invite作动词,意为“邀请”, 其名词是形式invitation .invite sb to do sth意为“邀请某人做某事”。试一试: 翻译 老师邀请我们去他家。 —————————————————————— 我们应该邀请我们的老师参加我们的聚会。 ____________________________________________探究四:refuse 意为“拒绝”。refuse to do sth 意为“拒绝做某事”。试一试: 翻译 这个孩子拒绝上学。 ____________________________________________【检测互评】用所给词的适当形式填空Would you like ________ (play) tennis with him?We must (get) up early tomorrow.Linda invite us __________ (take) part in the meeting.Thanks for __________(give) me so much help.Jack with his brother __________(have) to finish the homework first.It is an __________(enjoy) trip.He refused __________( go )to work this morning.Both Tom and I _________ ( leave )for Qingdao tomorrow morning.Sally decides __________ (tell) the story to her mother.Linda forget ________(bring) her keys this afternoon.【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 9 Can you come to my party?第四课时Section B( 1a - 1f)【学习目标】1. 口、笔头掌握以下句型 (1)A: What’s today? B: It’s Monday the 14th. (2)A: Can you play tennis with me? B: Sorry, I can’t . I have to go to the doctor and study for a test today. (3)A: What are you doing the day after tomorrow? B: I’m playing soccer.熟练掌握以下词汇: yesterday, tomorrow, weekday, look after, have a piano lesson, study for a test, play tennis.了解以下词汇的语音语义: the day after tomorrow, the day before yesterday【学习重难点】 1.复习对日期,星期的问答。 2.能灵活运用本节课的重要句型。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.小组合作,互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.复习有关星期,月份,序数词的单词,要求能说,会写。 星期有:_______________________________________________________________ 月份有:_______________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ 序数词1--30: _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________二.汉译英。 后天 __________________________ 前天 ______________________ 在周末 __________________________ 在二月 _____________________ 今天星期几?_____________________________________________________________ 今天星期一,十四号。______________________________________________________三.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究:-What’s today? 今天是什么日子? -It’s Monday 14th.今天是14号,星期一。 此句用来询问星期和日期,回答通常为“It is + 星期和日期”.如果询问星期几,应用“What day...?”;询问日期用“What’s the date...? ”.例如:1.-What’s today? 今天是什么日子? -It’s Monday 5th. 今天是5号,星期一。 2. --What day was it yesterday? 昨天星期几?(询问星期) --It was Friday. 星期五。 3. --What’s the date tomorrow? 明天是几月几日?(询问日期) --It’s October 4th. 10月4日。【检测互评】一.根据句意和首字母提示填空。1.I have a piano l___________ on Wednesday afternoon.2.Thank you for your i______________to visit your school.3.He spent the w__________afternoon watching TV.4.S________is the fist day of a week.5.I have to b_________my younger sister when my parents are away.6.The students are studying for the English t____________.7.Something is wrong with my teeth , so I have to go to see the d__________.8.Where are you going the day after t_______________?9.Hi, Can you play tennis w_________me?10.Maybe you can come a__________time.二.完成句子。1. 明天你能来我家过中秋节吗? ___________you __________ ___________ __________my home for Mid-Autumn Day tomorrow?2 .今天下午我要去上钢琴课。 I________ __________ to ___________ a piano lesson this afternoon’3.你能来参加我的晚会吗? ______________you __________ ___________my party?4.谢谢你给我打电话 Thank you _________ _________me.5.这个周末我们得呆在家里干家务。 We _______ ________stay at home ________ ________ the house-work this weekend.【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 9 Can you come to my party?第五课时Section B(2a - 4)【学习目标】1. 口、笔头掌握以下句型: I would like to invite you to ... The opening will be on the morning of... Please reply in writing to this invitation by Friday ,December 20th.2.熟练掌握以下词汇: opening, concert, daytime3.能够根据3a写出你的邀请函,然后根据日程表中的计划安排来描述自己或他人的事情。【学习重难点】1.培养阅读能力.2.掌握文章中的语法点及词组.3.通读课文,仔细理解课文的意思,并可以仿照课文例句造句。【学法指导】1.自主朗读本课时单词仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。2.自学课文2b,勾画出文中不能理解的短语和句子。【自学互助】一.朗读本课时单词,仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。二.阅读课文,勾画不懂的或者你认为难理解的词句,并做好标记。通读课文。三.英译汉。 去...旅游 _______________________ 照顾 _________________________ 期望,盼望 ______________________ 接到...的信 ___________________ 真是个好主意_____________________ help out ______________________ turn down _______________________ at the end of __________________ be glad to do sth ________________ so that _________________________ accept an invitation_____________ make an invitation_______________ turn down an invitation_____________ go back to________________________ the best way to do sth______________ bring sth as a gift______________ go to a concert_______________________ study for math test_______________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】朗读课文,认真听、评。【质疑互究】探究一:Reply 是正式用语,意为“回答,答复”。后接宾语时要用to将宾语连接,即:reply to sb/sth .例如:I called him ,but there was no reply.我给他打电话,但没人接听。I didn’t reply to him.我没有答复他。翻译:我将不会回复这封信。___________________________________________________探究二:end 意为“结束”,固定短语:at the end of 在...结尾,在...末端 in the end 最后 by the end of 不迟于试一试: The man tried several times to start the car,and he succeeded_________ A.in the past B.in the end C.at first D.at once探究三:look forward to 意为“盼望,期待”其中to为介词,后接名词,代词,动名词。例如:The boss is looking forward to seeing you soon.老板期待很快见到你。The students are looking forward to knowing the results of the exam.学生们想知道这次考试的结果。试一试: 翻译:我很期待很快去北京。_________________________________________【检测互评】单项选择。( )1.Thanks a lot for ____________me ___________your house. A.invite ,for B.inviting , to C.inviting , for D.invitation( ) 2. They got to the village near the sea ________a rainy morning. A.on B.at C.in D.for( ) 3.Don’t ____________the water . It is cold. A.Play B.play for C.play wit D.Play on( ) 4.I am sorry I can’t come . I have to _________my sister. A.look at B.look for C.babysit D.babysitter( ) 5.--Excuse me , Have you got an eraser? --Sorry ,I haven’t. Why _______you ask Mary? Perhaps she has one. A.do B.don’t C.did D.didn’t二.用所给单词的适当形式填空1.---Can you _____________(come)to my house for dinner? ---Sorry, I can’t, I have to _________(help)my parents at home.2.Thank you for __________(ask)me to your birthday party.3.He is trying ________(go)out, please__________(help)him________(open)the door.4.Do you want __________(go)__________(swim)with us Saturday afternoon?5.Would you like __________(come )to my office ________(discuss)the report?6.Do you often practice __________(play)soccer after school?7.It’s good for our health____________(have)football training.【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________ Unit 9 Can you come to my party?第六课时 Self check一.选择填空。( )1.—Can you come to my birthday party? —______. A.Yes,I can't B.Sorry,I can't C.No,I can D.Sorry,I can( )2.I'm going to ______ out with my friends this afternoon. A.hang B.hung C.hanged D.hanging( )3.I'm too tired,so I ______ sit down and rest every five minutes. A.must B.had to C.have D.have to( )4.I don't like this pen.Please show me______one. A.other B.the other C.another D.the another( )5.I'm not happy because he refused ______ for the meeting. A.prepare B.Prepared C.to prepare D.Preparing( )6.—______? —It's Wednesday. A.What is the date today B.What day is it today C.What time is it D.What's the weather like today( )7.Please give me the ______ this invitation soon. A.answer B.reply to C.question D.ask( )8.He left without ______ goodbye. A.say B.Speak C.speaking D.saying( )9.I'm ______ that he can wash his clothes. A.surprise B.Surprised C.surprising D.Surprises.( )10.All of us must practice English after class . A.saying B.speaking C.say D.speak 二.用所给词或汉语提示完成句子。 1.Please give the ________(invite)to him. 2.Thanks for your ________ (prepare) for the party. 3.Can you come to the ________(开幕式) of the school? 4.Many ________(客人) will visit the new building. 5.Would you like to go to the ________(音乐会)? 6.I'm very sorry ________(hear)that you are ill. 7.I would love ________(make)friends with new students. 8.—Can he go to the baseball game? —No,he can't.He has to ________(study)for a test. 9.—Can you go to the mall tomorrow? —I'm sorry I can't.I________(help)my sister with math. 10.We ________(catch) some fish last Sunday.三.按要求改写句子。 1.Can you play basketball with me?(改为同义句) ______you ______ ______play basketball with me? 2.Today is Tuesday,October 8th.(对画线部分提问) ______is today? 3.The party begins at_6:30.(对画线部分提问)_______ ______the party______? 4.My father has nothing to do now.(改为同义句) My father _______ ______now. 5.People in that town have to move to a new place.(改为一般疑问句)______ people in that town ______ ______ move to a new place? 6.Lucy had to leave last week.(改为一般疑问句)______ Lucy ______ ______ leave last week? 7.Would you like to go with me?(作肯定回答)Yes,_______ _______ _______. 8.They can play the piano.(对画线部分提问)______ can they ______? 9.He stayed until I came back last night.(改为同义句)He _______ ______ until I came back last night. 10.He isn't available because he is preparing for an exam.(改为同义句)He isn't ______ because he is ________ ready for an exam.四.根据汉语把英语句子补充完整1.你患了流感吗?Did you ______ ______ flu?2.她直到八点都有空。She's ______ ______eight o'clock.3.我们期待着你们的到来。We look ______ to your ______.4.后天你有时间吗?Are you free the day ______ ______?5.明年你们准备去旅行吗?Will you prepare to ______ a ______ next year?书面表达。 假如你是Dave,弄得同学Tom邀请你下周去他家玩,你却拒绝了他的邀请。理由如下:星期一去看牙医 2.星期二,星期三复习数学 3.星期四数学考试4.星期五和堂兄踢球 5.星期六和妈妈去超市Dear Tom,_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Yours Dave Unit 10 If you go to the party,you’ll have a great time!第一课时Section A(1a--1c)【学习目标】1.熟练掌握句型:(1) A:I think I’m going to the party with Karen and Ann. B: If you do ,you’ll have a great time.(2) If you do , the teachers won’t let you in.2.熟练掌握并能正确运用以下词汇:jeans, have a good/great time, organize, wear jeans, stay at home.【学习重难点】1.熟练运用“will+动词原形”和现在进行时表示将来的语言结构。2.了解并初步运用“if引导的条件状语从句+will”结构来谈论因果关系。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.你会唱If You Are Happy这首歌吗?请你从网上搜索这首歌并学会它。二.假设你的好友本周六晚上要举行生日聚会,你打算去参加。请试着回答下列问题。 How are you going there? ______________________________________________ Who are you going with? ________________________________________________ What time are you going? ______________________________________________ What clothes will you wear?______________________________________________ What will you bring? ______________________________________________ What will you do there? ______________________________________________三.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:表达观点的句型:“sb. think/ thinks + 宾语从句”。例如:I think I’m going to stay at home. 我想我将呆在家里。此句型变否定句,必须否定前移。试一试:I think she will finish her homework on Saturday. (改为否定句) I ________ _________ she _________ finish her homework on Saturday. 探究二:If we have it today, half the class won’t come. 如果我们今天聚会,班上一半的学生不会来。这是一个条件状语从句,if 是连词,意为“如果,假设”,当主句为将来时/情态动词/祈使句时,从句应用一般现在时代替将来时态,当主句 是过去时,从句中应用相应的过去时态。例如:If you are ill , you’ll have to see the doctor. 从句:现在时 主句:将来时 If you feel alone , I can go with you.从句:现在时 主句:含情态动词Work hard , if you want to learn English well.主句:祈使句 从句:现在时If she was unhappy , she would sang and danced in the past.从句:过去时 主句:过去将来时(2) 句中的half为形容词,意为“半数的”,可以修饰名词,直接放在所修饰名词之前。half 也可以作名词,意为“一半;半”,常用结构为“half of + 名词”,当此结构作主语时,谓语动词要与名词的单复数形式保持一致。例如: Half of the boys go to the movies on Sundays. 一半的男孩在星期天去看电影。class在句中为集合名词,指“全班的人”,强调组成班级的多个成员,谓语动词用复数形式,此类的单词还有family, school 等。例如: The family are from China. 这家人来自中国。试一试: 翻译 半数的学生来自英国。 ________ _______ _________ come from England.【检测互评】一.根据首字母及句意补全单词。1. Don’t wear j ________ to go to the party, or your teacher will be angry.2. I had a g ________ time at Ann’s birthday party yesterday.3. What will h _________ in a hundred years?4. If you eat _________ _______(太多) sugar, your teeth will be bad .二.用if连接下列句子,注意动词的变化。1. I will go to the park. It will not rain tomorrow. ________________________________________________.He won’t help others. He will never get others help. _______________________________________________________.I will pass the exams. I’ll go to high school. _______________________________________________________.She will become a doctor. She’ll make a lot of money. _______________________________________________________.My father will save more money. He will stop smoking. ____________________________________________________.【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 10 If you go to the party,you’ll have a great time!第二课时Section A(2a--2d)【学习目标】1.熟练掌握句型:(1) What will happen if they have the party tomorrow?(2) When is a good time to have the party?(3) Should we ask people to bring food?(4) If we have it today,half the class won’t come.2.熟练掌握并能正确运用以下词汇:meeting, video, chocolate, potato chips, jeans, have a good time, organize.【学习重难点】1.熟练运用“will+动词原形”和现在进行时表示将来的语言结构。2.能灵活运用“if引导的条件状语从句+will”结构来谈论因果关系。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时的新单词及短语。2.自读对话2d,把握大意,划出不懂之处并小组合作解决。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.朗读本课时重点句型和学习目标,朗读2d 对话找出生词和难点并在文中标出来。三.连词成句。1.food, to, they, we, if, bring, bring, ask, will, people, chocolate __________________________________________________________________.do, that, we, if, people, more, the, will, home, to, want, games, play ______________________________________________________________________.I, I, visit, some, if, my, bring, flowers, grandparents, them, will ___________________________________________________________________?party, what, if, they, have, the, happen, tomorrow, will __________________________________________________________.四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:organize作动词,意为“组织,筹备”, organized是它的形容词,意为“有组织的”, organization是它的名词,意为“组织,机构,团体”。 Organizer是名词,意为“组织者”。例如:We’ll organize a test. The organized worker are powerful.(有力量的) It is a good organization.试一试: 翻译 孩子们需要有组织的活动。 ________________________________________________________探究二:They will be too lazy to cook. 翻译:___________________________. too...to “太...而不能”。表示否定意义,too后接形容词或副词的原形,to后跟动词原形。 too...to 通常可与not...enough to...”不够...而不能...”及so...that...”如此...以至于...”进行句型转换。例如:The girl is too young to go to school. == The girl isn’t old enough to go to school. == The girl is so young that she can’t go to school. 试一试:What he said was ________ difficult for us ________ understand. A.so, that B.very, to C.too, to D.such, that 【检测互评】一.单项选择。( )1.He was_________ tired _________ he couldn’t go on working. A. too; to B. such; that C. so; that D. too; that( )2.This question is ________ easy, so all the students can answer it. A. too much B. too many C. much too D. many too( )3.—The math problem is so hard. —I really don’t know _______. A. how to do it B. how to do C. what to do it ( )4.Half the class ___________ now. A. is sing B. is singing C. sings D. are singing( )5.I want to know if he ____ tomorrow. If he ____, let me know. A. come; comes B. will come; comes C. comes; will come D. will come; will come( )6.What _______ if you have your party at home this Sunday? A.happen B.will happen C.are going to happen D.happens 二.用所给词的适当形式填空。1.If you wear jeans, we ____________ (not let) you in.2.Yao Ming is one of the most famous basketball ___________(play) in the world.3.Mr Black enjoys __________ (go)to many places of interest.4.If you go to the party, you ______________ (have) a great time.【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 10 If you go to the party,you’ll have a great time! 第三课时Section A(Grammar Focus—3c)【学习目标】1.能灵活运用下列单词: Meeting,video,organize,chocolate,upset, taxi, advice...2.学习并熟练掌握下列句型:(1) I don’t know what to do about going to Mike’s birthday party tomorrow night.(2) If I go to the party, they will be upset.(3) Also, I’m not sure how to go to the party.(4) Can you give me some advice please?【学习重难点】 If 引导的条件状语从句的理解和运用。【学法指导】1.朗读Grammar Focus的句子,理解并归纳总结。2.互助学习,练习句型结构。【自学互助】一.自主朗读本课时单词仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆:二.收集有关if从句的资料,然后试做3a 和3b.三.根据汉语提示完成英语句子。 1.He didn’t know what was ___________ (发生) outside. 2.Can you ____________(带来) some music CDs to the party? 3.Can you ____________ (组织)the games for the class party? 4.I’m very ______________(沮丧) because I can’t go to the party. 5.I don’t know _____________(做什么) next. 6.Can you give him ______________(一些建议)?【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一: I don’t know what to do about going to Mike’s birthday party tomorrow night.what to do是由疑问词加不定式构成的宾语。疑问词what,which,whom或疑问副词how,when,where可加一个不定式构成不定式短语,在句中作宾语,通常放在tell,show,teach,learn,know,wonder,forget,find out等动词或动词短语的后面,并可以改写成宾语从句。例如:Can you tell me what to do next?你能告诉我下一步做什么吗?试一试: I don’t know how I can do it. (改为简单句) I don’t know ________ _________ _________ it.探究二: Can you give me some advice please?advice是不可数名词,表示 “一条建议”用a piece of advice,“一些建议”是some advice; 固定短语 take one’s advice 接受某人的建议 follow one’s advice 听某人的劝告试一试: Would you like to give me ____________? A.some advices B.an advice C.some advice D.some advics 【检测互评】用所给词的适当形式填空。 1.If it _____________ (not rain) tomorrow, we’ll go to the zoo. 2.If she __________ (finish) her work early, she _________ (go) home. 3.I don’t know if it _______ (rain) tomorrow. If it ________ (rain), we _________ (not go) fishing. 4.He can’t pass the exam if he _________________ (not work) harder. 5.I am learning how__________(swim). 6.Please __________ (take) the message to her when you _________ (meet) Mary.二.从句专练。 1.The students will go to the Summer Palace if it _______ (not rain) tomorrow. 2.If he _________ (walk) to school, he’ll be late. 3.If she likes it, she __________ (read) it soon. 4.If you play computer games on weekdays, you _________ (be) tired. 5.If you ___________ (work) hard, your dream will come true. 6.If she ___________ (study) hard, she will go to Beijing University. 7.If it ___________ (rain) tomorrow, I will play the piano at home. 8.If my brother _____ (have) much money in the future, he will travel all over the world.三.单项选择。( )1.-I think Andy is going to wear jeans to the party. -If he _________ ,the teacher won’t let him in. A.is B.do C.has D.does ( )2.I don’t know if he ________ a party tomorrow. If they ______, I’m sure they will invite you. A.will,have; will,have B. will,have; do C.has; will,have D. has; do( )3.I had a great time ________ soccer yesterday. A.to play B.playing C.play D.played( )4.There _______ a party next Sunday. A.will have B.is going to have C.will hold D.will be 【总结提升】我的收获:________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 10 If you go to the party,you’ll have a great time! 第四课时Section B(1a - 1e)【学习目标】1.学习并熟练掌握下列单词: travel, agent, travel abound the world, get an education 2.学习并熟练掌握下列句型:(1)If you join the Lions, you’ll become a great soccer player.(2)—What do you think I should do? —I think you should go to college【学习重难点】 If 引导的条件状语从句的理解和运用。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.小组合作,互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.朗读本课时1a的短语,仔细观察各短语并记忆。二.英汉互译。 be famous for __________________ work hard _____________________ become a Lion __________________ go to college __________________ 赚大钱 _________________________ 接受教育________________________ 全世界旅游_____________________ 一位伟大的足球运动员______________三.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:辨析 join与take part in join v. 参加,加入;连接,结合。指加入某个组织并成为该组织的一个成员。例如:If you join the Lions, you’ll become a great soccer player. 如果你加入雄狮队,你将会成为一个了不起的足球运动员。take part in常用来指参加某项活动,并在活动中起一定作用。例如:Our school is taking part in a project to help people. 我们学校正加入一项助人活动。试一试 选词join / take part in并用其适当形式填空。①他是去年入的党。He ________ the Party last year. ②上星期五他们参加了那项比赛。They _______________ the game last Friday. ③They hope they can ______ the Sun Club next month. A.take part in B.join in C.join D.be ④Will you give him a chance ____ the important meeting tomorrow? A.take part B.take part in C.to take part in D.to join探究二: 辨析 go to college与go to the college go to college “上大学”,也可说go to university,与go to school一样,名词前不加冠词,表示去大学学习; go to the college表示去的地点是大学。试一试: 选词填空 go to college / go to the collegeTom is very happy because he will _______ in this autumn. His mother said she would _______ to see him if she misses him very much.【检测互评】一.用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.If you want to keep _______ (health),you have to take more exercise. 2.I _______ (real) don’t know how to take photos. 3.The children are playing on the playground ________. (happy) 4.If it __________ (be) fine next Sunday, we _________ (help) the farmers pick apples. 5.If it _______(be) fine tomorrow, we’ll go for an outing. 6.If he _______(come) to see me, I’ll be very happy. 7.If he ________ (study) hard, he’ll pass the exam. 8.If she _______(live) with us, we’ll take good care of her. 9.If it ________ (not rain) tomorrow, we’ll go to visit the People’s Park. 10.He has a lot of chances _________(join) the team.二. 根据汉语提示完成句子。 1.I think every child should _________ _________ _________(接受教育)。 2.To support his family, he has to work hard _________ __________ __________(为了挣钱). 3.The students _________ _________ _________(参加)all kinds of activities after school. 4.How does _________ _________ _________ (足球代理人) talk about? 5.我的梦想去上大学。 My dream is to _________ _________ _________. 6.中国因为长城而闻名。 China is_________ _________ the Great Wall. 7.如果我有时间,我将去环游世界。 If I have time, I will ________ ________ _________ __________.【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________ Unit 10 If you go to the party,you’ll have a great time!第五课时Section B (2a - 4)【学习目标】1.学习并熟练掌握下列单词和短语:expert, keep…to oneself, themselves, teenager, normal, unless, certainly, wallet, worried, mile, angry, in the end, understanding, careless, mistake, himself, careful, advise, solve, step, trust, experience, in half, halfway.2.学习并熟练掌握下列句型: (1) If people have problems, they should get advice from an expert. (2) If people have problems, they should try to keep them to themselves. (3) Some people believe the worst thing is to do nothing. (4) Unless we talk to someone, we’ll certainly feel worst.【学习重难点】If 引导的条件状语从句的理解和运用。【学法指导】1.自主朗读本课时单词仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。2.自学课文2b,勾画出文中不能理解的短语和句子。【自学互助】一.朗读本课时单词,仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。二.阅读课文2b,勾画不懂的或者你认为难理解的词句,并做好标记。三.英汉互译。 get advice from sb 保守秘密 have problems with 丢了钱包 make mistakes _______________________ 第一步 _________________________ run away from 有更多的经验 cut in half _______________________ 最后,终于 _____________________ 四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】朗读课文,认真听、评。【质疑互究】探究一:反身代词又称自身代词。其构成可以归纳为“一、二物主、三宾格”,即:第一、二人称的反身代词分别由其相应的形容词性物主代词加后缀“-self / -selves”构成,第三人称的反身代词则由其相应的人称代词宾格形式加后缀“-self / selves ”构成。例如:She taught herself English at that time. / She learnt English by herself. (2)反身代词常可以与“enjoy,help,hurt,teach,wash,learn,leave,look after”等词(组)连用。“(all) by oneself”是最常用的词组,相当于“alone,without one’s help”,译作“单独的、独自的”,“for oneself”译作“亲自、亲身”。enjoy oneself 相当于 have a good time “玩得高兴”; help oneself to ...(招待用语)“随便吃……”;teach oneself / learn by oneself“自学……”;look after oneself “照顾某人自己”;wash oneself “自己洗漱”.....例如:My brother is too young to look after himself.。 We can’t leave our child by herself at home.试一试: Take good care of ______, Jim. A. yourself B. yourselves C. yourselfs 探究二:have a problem with sth = have a problem (in) doing sth. 做某事有困难。类似用法have a difficult time doing sth. 相当于have a hard time (in) doing sth. 意为“做某事很吃力”。 例如:He has a difficult /hard time (in) learning English. 他学英语很吃力。归纳:动名词前省略介词in的常用结构有:have difficulty (in) doing sth. 做某事有困难 have trouble (in) doing sth. 做某事有麻烦have a good time/fun (in) doing sth. 做某事很开心spend some time (in) doing sth. 做某事花费一段时间be busy (in) doing sth 忙于做某事试一试: Last year I had problems ________ English. I had a hard time ________ grammar.A.with; in studying B.in; with studying C.with; study D.in; study【检测互评】 根据汉语提示完成句子。1.如果人们有难题,他们不应该试着保守秘密。他们应该找个专家寻求建议。If people _________ _________, they ________ try to _______ _______ ______ _______. They should _________ __________ from an ______.2.如果我们不找人聊天,我们一定会感觉更糟。__________ we don’t talk to someone, we’ll ________ _________ __________.3.他爸爸说有时候他自己也犯很粗心的错误。 His dad said he sometimes __________ ________ __________ __________.4.最后,她和朋友聊了关于那件事,他们真的很善解人意。______ ______ ______, she _______ _______ her friends about it and they were ______ ______.5.他妈妈把西瓜切成两半。His mother ______ the watermelon ______ _______.6.他们认为你不应该逃避问题,而是应该试着解决问题。They think you shouldn’t ________ ________ _______ your problems, but you should _______ _______ ________ them.【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 10 If you go to the party,you’ll have a great time!第六课时 Self check单项选择。( )1.If our government attention to controlling food safety now, our health ____ in danger. A. won’t pay; is B. doesn’t pay; is C. won’t pay; will be D. doesn’t pay; will be( )2.The father was about his son. The little boy is always . A. worried; worrying B. worrying; worried C. worry; worried D. worried; worry( )3.I have a difficult time ____ my math well. A. to learn B. learning C. learn D. learns( )4. ________run at the party, Jim. They asked you _______ any noise now. A. Don’t; not to make B. Don’t; don’t make C. No; not to make D. No; don’t make( )5.—Could we go and watch the football game?—No, _____ you have the tickets. A. if B. unless C. because D. since( )6.─Mrs. Zhang was sent to teach English in a poor mountain village last year. ─She said she would never forget some pleasant ______while working there. A. experiments B. expressions C. experiences D. emotions( )7.I won’t take part in Julie’s birthday party ________ I am invited. A. unless B. after C. because D. if( )8. No one can be successful ____ hard work. A. through B. for C. with D. without( )9.Today is September 10th. It’s _____ Day. Let’s go and buy some flowers for our teachers. A. Teacher B. Teachers’ C. the Teachers’ D. Teacher’s( )10.Please try ________ English if you want to learn English well. A.practice B. to practice C. practicing D. Practices( )11. He is to school. A. old enough to go B. enough old going C. enough old to go D. old enough go( )12.—Can we bring food to the cinema ? —I ________ so. If you do that, they won’t let you in. A. think B. don’t think C. hope D. don’t hope( )13.—Sally, could you give me some _________ on English learning? —Of course. You’d better get much listening practice. A. advice B. news C. gifts D. Ways二.用所给词的适当形式填空。1.Wang Lin did very ____________ (bad) in 100-meter race.2.Tom says he _______________ (play) football at ten yesterday morning.3.If he ___________ (come) tomorrow, I ______________(call) you .4.Famous singers can also have a lot of (problem).5.Don’t you want to get an (educate)?6.There are many _________(visit) to __________(visit) the West Lake every year.7.Mary asked Li Ming ___________ (help) him with his Chinese.8.She has sent her baby to the ___________ (child) hospital.9.Tell him not to bring food here. If he __________(do), I’ll take it away.10.We ___________ (climb) the mountain if it ________(not rain) tomorrow.三.用所给词的适当形式完成短文。 Many young people want___________(be) a professional athlete. They think it’s interesting and wonderful. If they ____________(become) a champion, they can make a living by__________(do) something they really love, and they____________(be) famous. Lots of people will look up to them all the time and they can do lots of work___________(help) people. But ____________(be) a professional athlete_____________(be) very dangerous and they can_____________(hurt) very often. People___________(watch) them all the time. This can make life difficult.So you must_____________(think) about it before you want to be a professional athlete.四.如果将来你有了很多钱,你会用它来干些什么,请以“If I have a lot of money ”为题,写一篇短文。______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ exercise every morning run 30 minutes eat vegetable sand fruit every day eat meat and fish twice a week eat junk food neverHow did you get to school five years ago?How do you get to school now?Where did you live five years ago?Where do you live now?What will your life be like in ten years?(职业)A: What about the turkey?B: Do you like it very much?C: How do you make a turkey sandwich?D: How many turkey slices?E: Do you have any questions?F: Sounds delicious.G: Can you do it by yourself?H: How many tomatoes?
Unit 1 Where did you go on vacation?第一课时Section A(1a--1c)【学习目标】复习回顾动词一般过去时的用法。2.会运用下列短语:stay at home ,go to New York City ,visit my uncle ,go to summer camp ,go to the mountains ,go to the beach ,visit museums .3.能描述以下重要句型:1).Where did you go on vacation? ----I went to the mountains .2).Where did Tina go on vacation? ----She went to the mountains .【学习重难点】 1.能说出相关活动的单词和短语。2.能运用本节课的重要句型进行问答。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时难点词汇。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。二.写出下列动词的过去式。1. stay________ 2. visit________ 3. do________ 4. does________ 5. have________ 6. has________ 7. is_________ 8. am_______ 9. are________ 10. go_______ 11. spend_______ 12. buy_______ 13.study ________ 14. enjoy_______ 15. get_______ 16. run_______ 17.see___________18. play________ 19.come________20.write________三.我是小小翻译官。1.呆在家里______________ 2.去山区____________ 3.去沙滩_____________ 4.参观博物馆_______________ 5.去夏令营______________ 6.看望我的叔叔______________ 7.去纽约市____________ 8.去度假________________9.你去哪儿度假了?_________________________________________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:Where did you go on vacation? 翻译:______________________________本句是由where 引导的特殊疑问句,询问过去去哪里了,故用一般过去时。Where为疑问副词,其引导的特殊疑问句的一般过去时的句型为:“Where+did+主语+动词原形+其他?”回答时要用具体的地点来回答。 on vacation意为“在度假”,相当于 on a vacation ,介词on用来表示活动的目的或状态。注意:vacation 主要用于美式英语中,英式英语中常用holiday表示“假期”。试一试:(1)-________ did you ________ last weekend? 上周周末你去了哪里? (2)There are many people here ________ ________ .有许多人在这儿度假。探究二:动词一般过去式的变化规则。(一)规则动词的过去式变化如下: 1、一般情况下,动词词尾加 -ed ,如: work--worked play---played want----wanted visit----visited 2、以不发音的 -e 结尾动词,动词词尾加 -d ,如: live---lived move----moved taste---tasted hope---hoped 3、以辅音字母 + y结尾的动词,把-y变为-i 再加-ed,如: study---studied copy---copied cry---cried carry---carried 4、以一个辅音字母结尾的重读闭音节动词,双写词尾辅音字母,再加 -ed,如: stop ---stopped (二)不规则动词的过去式需特殊记。 am,is—was,are—were,build—built,do—did,eat—ate,fall—fell,feel—felt,find—found,fly—flew,go—went,have /has— had,hold—held,leave—left,make—made,may—might,run—ran,see—saw,take—took 【检测互评】一、单项选择。( )1. — How ________you ________your summer vacation? — I visited Xi’an. A. do,spend B. did,spend C. did,spent( )2.I didn’t go to Beijing________ vacation.I stayed_______ home. A. for, in B. on, at C. on, in ( )3.- ________ did Tina go last week? - she went to the mountains . A. What B. When C. Where ( )4.-Where did she go on vacation? - She__________ . A. went to the beach B. went the New York City C. stay at home 二.根据汉语完成句子,每空一词。1.“你去哪里度假了?”“我去了海滩。” -W here________ you ________ on __________ ?-I went to the _________ .2.我没有呆在家里,我去山区了。 I ________ ________ at home. I ________ ________ ________ ________ .3.上星期六我去看望了我的叔叔。I ________ my uncle last Saturday.【总结提升】我的收获: 我的不足: Unit 1 Where did you go on vacation?第二课时Section A(2a—2d)【学习目标】1.能运用下列单词和短语: anyone ,anywhere , wonderful ,few , quite a few , most ,go on vacation ,take photos ,study for tests ,go to Central Park ,buy anything special ,go out with anyone , do anything interesting , most of the time ,meet anyone interesting ,play volleyball .2.能灵活运用下列重要句型:(1)Where did you go on vacation? I went to New York City.(2)Did you go somewhere interesting? Yes,I did.(3)Long time no see.【学习重难点】 1.能运用相关活动的单词和短语。2.能运用本节课的重要句型进行问答。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.朗读本课时重点句型和学习目标,朗读2d 对话找出生词和难点并在文中标出来。二.我是小小翻译官。quite a few____________ go on vacation ____________ 拍照 ____________ 你去过中央公园吗?_______________________ 好久不见。__________________我上个月在度假。_______________________________________________我们在那儿拍了相当多的照片。_____________________________________ 我大多数时间呆在家里阅读和休息。_________________________________三.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:辨析不定代词anyone,someone,与any one1).Anyone与anybody相同,都表示“任何人”,与单数谓语动词连用,常用于疑问句,否定句和条件句。Someone与somebody相同,都表示“某些人”,与单数谓语动词连用,常用于肯定句。Any one则指某些人和事物中的任何一个,常与of短语连用。做主语,谓语动词用单数。例如:You can take any one of the books.你可以从这些书中任选一本。 Someone is knocking the door。有人在敲门。2).当形容词修饰不定代词时,形容词后置。例如:There wasn’t anyone else on this lonely island.并且在表建议和请求,以及希望对方做出肯定回答的句型中也可用some开头的不定代词。类似用法的复合不定代词还有:something,anything,somebody,anybody,somewhere,anywhere,everything,everybody,everyone,everywhere其中表否定的有nothing,nobody,nowhere,no one,你能总结出他们的用法吗?写在下列横线上。________________________________________________________________________试一试:1)-Would you like ____________ to eat?(anything /something)–Yes, please. 2)There is ___________ (something interesting / interesting something) in the newspaper.探究二:most of + 代词宾格”或“most of + 限定词 + 名词”表示“大部分...”,如果most of后面的名词或代词是复数,做主语时谓语就用复数,如果most of 后面的名词,代词是单数或者是不可数名词,做主语时谓语就用单数 .例如:Most of them are children.他们中大部分都是小孩。 Most of the earth is covered by water.地球中的大部分被水覆盖。探究三:辨析quite a few 与quite a little Quite a few意为“不少,相当多”,后接可数名词复数,quite a little也是“不少,相当多”的意思,但是它后面接不可数名词。另外a few 和a little表示“一点儿”但a few 后接可数名词,a little后接不可数名词;few和little表示“几乎没有”可直接当成否定词,但few后接可数名词,little后接不可数名词。试一试:There are_________books on the shelf,but they are not useful. A.quite a little B.quite a few C.very few【检测互评】一、单项选择。( )1.My host family tried to cook __________for me when I study in New Zealand. A. different something B.anything different C.something different( )2._______went to the mountains last weekend because of the bad weather. A.Someone B.No one C.Everyone二.根据句意和首字母提示完成单词。1.The school trip was w________ .We had great fun.2.-Did your sister go out with a________ ?-Yes,she went out with Julie.3.I took q________ a few photos at the Happy Vally.4.He stayed at home m________ of the time to watch TV.5.They went to summer c_______ and had a good time.【总结提升】我的收获: 我的不足: Unit 1 Where did you go on vacation?第三课时Section A(Grammar Focus—3c)【学习目标】能运用下列单词和短语: something,nothing, everyone, of course,myself ,yourself, hen, pig ,seem, bored, someone,diary,keep a diary,in the country,go shopping.2.能灵活运用以下重要句型:1).Did you go to the beach last Saturday? ---Yes, I did. No, I didn’t . 2).Where did you go on vacation? I went to New York City.3.How was the food? Everything tasted really good!3.进一步学习动词一般过去时的一般疑问句。【学习重难点】 一般过去时态的运用和复合不定代词的运用。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.自学Grammar Focus后,小组朗读、理解并总结。【自学互助】一.自主朗读本课时单词仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。二. 阅读学习语法附录中关于复合不定代词的用法,然后试做3a 和3b.三.我是小小翻译官。在晚上 ____________ 当然____________ 第一次 ____________ 在农村____________ 每个人都玩得高兴吗?___________________________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】朗读Grammar Focus,归纳总结。和同伴编对话,认真听、评。【质疑互究】探究一:taste意为“尝起来”,可作连系动词,后接形容词做表语,说明主语所处的状态。例如:The cake tastes delicious!你能把我们已学过的连系动词总结出来吗?,请写在下列横线上。____________________________________________________________________________探究二:Bye for now!用于信件的结束语“到此为止,就此止笔!”相当于Just stop here.探究三:Why don’t you do sth?表示“为什么不做某事呢”其简略形式为“Why not do sth?”常用来表示建议,征询意见,邀请等。例如:Why don’t you stay with us for some more days?为什么不和我们在呆几天呢? =Why not stay with us for some more days?试一试: ---Why not ______to the park now? ---Good idea!Let’s go. A.go B.to go C.goes D.going 探究四:seem 动词,“看来,似乎” ,常用于下列结构:主语 + seem + to do 例如:I seem to have a bad cold.我似乎感冒了。It seems that + 句子 ,可转化为 Sb seem(s) to do sth 例如:It seems that she is sleeping. =She seems to be sleeping.她好像在睡觉。主语 + seem ( +to be ) + 表语例如:Tom seems (to be)a very clever boy.Tom 看上去是个非常聪明的孩子。 试一试:He seems to have a lot of money.(改为同义句) _______ ________ ________ he has a lot of money. 【检测互评】用所给词的适当形式填空Everyone in our class______(like)Miss Gao.People would not like to do such jobs and would get _______(boring).I began to learn Japanese by ________( I ) last year.I am looking for a house _________ (live) in.Her son seems ________( be )asleep.What about ________(play)soccer together? Where did you _______(study) before you came here?Most of the money ________(be)not useful for her.She hardly ever buys things.9. Her father __________ (read) a newspaper last night.10. We _________ to the zoo yesterday, we ___________ to the park. (go)二.选择填空。( )1.You look too tired.Why not ________ a rest? A.stop to have B.to stop having C.stop having( )2.---How do you like the dumplings? ---They _______delicious,Are they made by your mother? A.sound B.taste C.feel D.look( )3.We need to go shopping .There is _______bananas at home. A.little B.Few C.many D.much( )4.You may take _______of these books,but you must return it on time. A.someone B.everyone C.anyone D.any one( )5.Most of the food________good to eat.Do you think so? A.is B.are C.am D.were( )6.The book is so ________ ,and I feel ________ . A.excited,boring B.boring,excited C.boring,bored D.bored,boring 【总结提升】我的收获: 我的不足: Unit 1 Where did you go on vacation?第四课时Section B (1a - 1e)【学习目标】1.复习形容词:delicious,exciting,terrible,expensive,cheap,boring...2.能用形容词描述假期中的事情。3.掌握和运用下列句型:1). Where did Tina go on vacation? ----She went to the beach.2). How was your/her/his vacation?3).what did you/he/she do?4).Did you/he/she…? 5).How was/were the…?【学习重难点】 一般过去时态的的各种句式运用。【学法指导】自学1a - 1e, 找出文中的形容词,小组讨论、理解。【自学互助】一、朗读本课时1a单词,仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆,然后按好坏分类(1b):二、朗读学习目标3所列的句型三、结合和运用学习目标3所列的句型和问题谈论自己的假期。(对话或自述/编)。四、把下列单词按要求归类:exciting expensive delicious cheap terrible boring friendly clean beautiful wonderful :________________________________________________________________:________________________________________________________________五、选用第1题的单词描述自己假期旅游中如下所列有关项目的情况(没有旅游的可以虚构)。The people_____________ the food____________ The weather____________ the stores___________The fun park___________ the vacation__________六、通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】小组比赛读单词,小组理解新句型,用心听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:小组复习总结一般过去时态的结构以及各种句式。探究二:比较一般过去时态与一般现在时态的区别。【检测互评】一.用所给词的正确形式填空。1.I ______( like ) oranges when I was young.But now I ________(not like) them.2. My mother often ________( stay) at home on Sundays, but last Sunday she _________( not stay) at home ,she _________(go) to the park.3.Wei Hua __________ (have)a busy day yesterday.4.He ___________(visit) the Great Wall(长城) last year.5.We____________(have) a good time yesterday.6.We __________(go) to school by bus last Saturday.7.I __________(live)in the village when I was a child.9.Mike__________(see) a big tiger in the park just now.10.Sam___________ (do) the housework last night.11.________(do) you _________(enjoy) yourself yesterday?12.________(do)you __________(play) the violin in the art room on Sundays?Yes , I always___________(draw)some pictures there.二.句型转换(改为一般疑问句和否定句)。1. I went to Sanya last year. ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________2 Jim went out with his family last night. ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________3. We fed some hens and some pigs in the countryside._________________________________________________________________________________________________________4.Kate had something to do at school last week._______________________________________________________________________________________________________________They did something fun on the beach. ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________I bought something special for my mother.__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________三.选择方框中合适的词填空。delicious,terrible, expensive, cheap, exciting, boring1.The stores there were ________ ,so I bought nothing.2.I like Chinese food.It’s ________ .3.I don’t have much money.I want to buy something ________ .4.The film is ________ .Why not go to see it with us?5.The weather was ________ .We did nothing but stay at our hotel. It was________ .【总结提升】我的收获: 我的不足: Unit 1 Where did you go on vacation?第五课时Section B (2a - 4)【学习目标】学习掌握下列单词:activity,enjoyable,Penang,Malaysia,decide,try,paragliding,feel like,Malaysian,bicycle,Georgetown ,building, Weld Quay,trader, wonder,...2.模仿有关范文用英语描述假期的情况。3.掌握和运用文中出现的重要词语、短语。【学习重难点】1.培养阅读能力.2.掌握文章中的语法点及词组.通读课文,仔细理解课文的意思,并可以仿照课文例句造句。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.自读课文,用双色笔勾出重点单词和短语。【自学互助】一.阅读2b的两篇日记,勾画不懂的或者你认为难理解的词句,并做好标记。通读课文。二。仔细理解课文的意思,并可以仿照课文例句造句。三.我是小小翻译官。到达_________________ 决定做……____________ 在过去________________ 试着做... ____________ 尽力做…… ___________ 骑自行车去...__________大量的/许多的_________ 100年前_______________ 喜欢做某事_____________ 等待…… ______________由于…_________________ 升起___________________山顶___________________ 沿途___________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【【展示互导】读课文,纠正语音。【质疑互究】探究一:辨析Arrive ,get,reach的异同:.arrive表示到达,其后接in和at.arrive at 后接小地点,arrive in 后接大地点.get 表示到达,其后接to后才能接地点,即get to + 地点3).reach表示到达,后面可直接接地点,即reach + 地点注意 : get to,arrive in /at后若接副词here,there,home时,to/at/in则省略。 试一试: (1)They _______ _______office at 9.30 yesterday. (2)When will the plane________Beijing . (3)We ________ _________Shanghai by train.探究二:辨析try to do sth,try doing sth.Try to do sth意为“努力,尽力去做某事”指试图去做。Try doing sth意为“试着做某事”,指动作真的进行了或者正在进行。Try to do sth 相当于try one’s best to do sth(尽某人最大努力干某事)。 试一试:我尽了我的最大努力去学好英语。_______________________________________探究三:试比较because与because of的异同: Because 做连词,后接原因状语从句。例如:I was late ,because it was rainy. Because of 作复合介词,后接名词,代词,动名词(短语)。例如:I was late because of the rain.有时两者可以相互转换。试一试:We didn’t go to school because it rained. =We didn’t go to school _______ _________the rain.探究四:enough作形容词修饰名词可放名词前,也可放名词后,enough作副词修饰形容词,副词和动词时,放在其后。例如:There is enough food for everybody. He does his homework carefully enough.试一试: This movie wasn’t ________.He fell asleep half way through it. A.interesting enough B.enough interesting C.interested enough 【检测互评】一.选择填空。 ( )1. I found some boys ________basket in the garden. A. plays B. played C. playing ( )2. What did they decide ________at last? A. do B. to do C. doing ( )3. We had great fun ________in the school. A. play B. played C. playing ( )4. When will the plane________Shanghai? A. get B. Arrive at C. reach ( )5. This movie wasn’t ________.He feel asleep half way through it. A. interesting enough B.interested enough C.enough interesting ( )6.She is _______afraid________she can’t talk in front of the class. A.such,that B.too,to C.so,that二.根据句意和首字母提示完成单词。I’ll w_______for you there until (直到)you arrive.At the t_______ of the building there is a red flag.In china we learn English a______a second language.We had a w______time last time.【总结提升】我的收获: 我的不足: Unit 1 Where did you go on vacation?第六课时 Self check一、选择填空.( )1. You have just read the newspaper.Did you find________in it ? A.interesting anything B.anything interesting C.interesting something( )2. The boy named Mike ________.Let me go and wake him up. A. sleep B. sleeps C. is sleeping D. to sleep( )3. I don’t want to eat ________,I’m not feeling well. A. everything B. nothing C. anything D. something( )4. The food there is ________.I’ll take you there next time. A. delicious B. terrible C. awful D. bad( )5. I ________you yesterday afternoon,but you ________at home. A.call,aren’t B.am calling,aren’t C.called,were D.called,weren’t( )6. I need ________them ________these clothes. A.to help,to sell B.help,sell C.to help,selling D. help,selling( )7. I didn’t really enjoy it,________the shops were too crowded. A. so B. because C. but D. or( )8. I don’t remember where and when I _______this umbrella. A. buy B. Have bought C. will buy D. bought( )9. Mom often tells me ________computer games too much. A. not play B. not to play C. not playing D. a play( )10. Jack asked Jim ________his telephone number. A. remember B. remembers C. remembering D. to remember二、句型转换.1. Don’t come late to school. (改为同意句) Don’t ________late ________school.2. They went to do some shopping yesterday afternoon. (改为同意句) They ________ ________ yesterday afternoon.3. They wanted to go to Africa on vacation. (改为否定句) They ________ _______to go to Africa on vacation.4. We had some hamburgers and fruit for lunch. (对画线部分提问) ________did you ________for lunch?三、完形填空 My father works in a shop. It’s near an English 1 .Every day the students come to 2 things. In the morning my father gets up 3 six and after breakfast he 4 his bike to the shop. He 5 there at about six fifty. The shop 6 at seven. The shop sells things 7 food and drink. He has school things,too. So there 8 often lots of people in his shop 9 morning to evening. My father is very friendly 10 the students and they like my father very much.( )1. A. farm B. factory C. school D. river ( )2. A. buy B. sell C. take D. want ( )3. A. on B. in C. at D. from ( )4. A. on B. by C. rides D. riding( )5. A. got B. gets C. stays D. looks ( )6. A. opens B. open C. is opening D. is open ( )7. A. with B. like C. for D. about ( )8. A. are B. come C. have D. see ( )9. A. in B. from C. on D. at ( )10. A. to B. at C. with D. for四、阅读理解. Last week,the teacher told us that there were many old things in the museum. So we decided to go and see them. Yesterday we went there on foot because the museum was not far from our school,and the weather was warm. The sun was shining. We walked down Zhongshan Road and turned left at the second crossing . We found it on the left. It was between a bookshop and a library.Many people were there, but most of them were students. When the guide explained (讲解), we listened carefully. There we learned a lot.根据短文内容,判断句子正(A)误(B)。( )1. The teacher told them about the museum yesterday.( )2. It was a sunny day when they went to visit the museum.( )3. They went to the museum on foot.( )4. The museum was far from their school.( )5. Most of the visitors were students.五、书面表达.写一篇旅行日记。要求:1.介绍旅行的时间,地点,人物,天气等。 2.介绍本次旅行的经过。 3.介绍对于本次旅行的感受。____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Unit 2 How often do you exercise?第一课时Section A (1a--1c ) 【学习目标】1.能听、说、读、写下列单词和短语:help with housework, read, exercise, watch TV, do the dishes, go to the movies, go shopping, always,usually,often, sometimes, hardly ever,never, on weekends.2.复习回顾动词一般现在时态的用法。3.掌握和运用下列语句:(1)-What do they usually do on weekends? -They usually go to the movies.(2)I usually watch TV.(3)He hardly ever goes shopping.【学习重难点】 1.能掌握和运用表频率的副词。2.一般现在时态的熟练运用。【学法指导】查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。三.1.写出下列频率副词(参考课本p113)(100%)_______(80%)________(30-50%)_______(20%)_______(5%)_______(0%)________ 2.我是小小翻译官。go to the movies 看电视 help with housework______________ _____________ 锻炼do some reading___________ ______________去睡觉hardly ever_______________ 在周末 踢足球 做作业 四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:on weekends意为“在周末”,on用于在星期几,在某一节日,在具体某一天,在某一特定日子的上午,下午或者晚上,以及固定短语中。注意 当表示时间的名词前有last,next,this,that等词修饰时,前面通常不用on等介词。探究二:辨析sometimes,some times,sometime,some time,Sometimes是一个频率副词,相当于at times ,意为“有时”,可放句中,句首,句末。Some times 意为“几次,几倍”。其中time是可数名词,意为“次数,倍数”。例如:I have been to Beijing some times.Sometime是一个副词,意为“在某个时候,日后”,指一个不确定的时间,常用于一般过去时或一般将来时。例如:I saw her in the street sometime last month.上月某个时候我在街上见过她。 We will have a sports meeting sometime next week.我们下周某时会开运动会。Some time 意为“一段时间”,在句中与延续性动词连用。例如:I waited for you for some time.等你一些时候了。练一练: He said he would come to see us _______the next afternoon. A.sometimes B.sometime C.some time D.some times【检测互评】一、根据句意及首字母提示完成单词。1. Jim is n late for school.He is a good boy. 2. The lazy boy h ever helps others. 3. My brother a goes to school early, so he’s never late.4. The running star e every day.5. I often read some interesting books on w___________ .6. W________ do you do when you are free? I often go to the movies.7. Anna often helps her mother with h____________ .二、单项选择。( )1. -Do you understand me? -Sorry, I can ________ hear you clearly. A.almost B.ever C.nearly D.hardly( )2. He often comes to work early and he is ________late for work. A.usually B.never C.often D.always( )3. -Jim ,can you help me ________ the housework? -Of course. A.with B.in C.doing D.did( )4. Lingling goes to the movies with her friends ________ . A.sometime B.some time C.sometimes D.some times( )5. -What does your sister do on weekends? -Nothing much. She usually ________ . A.go to the movies B.exercise C.reading D.goes shopping 【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________________ 我的不足:__________________________________________________________________ Unit 2 How often do you exercise?第二课时Section A (2a--2d) 【学习目标】1.能听、说、读、写下列单词和短语:Internet, program, use the Internet,favorite program, Animal World,swing dance, how often,every day,once,twice,times,once a week,twice a month, three times a week.2.复习回顾动词一般现在时态的用法。3.掌握和运用下列语句:(1)-What kind of dance are you learning? -Swing dance.(2)-How often do you exercise? -I exercise four times a week.(3)-How often does Chen watch TV? -He watches TV twice a week.【学习重难点】 1.频率词汇及询问活动频率。2.一般现在时态的熟练运用。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.自学课文2d,勾画出重点和疑惑。三.我是小小翻译官。How often 看电视 use the Internet ______________ 锻炼 read English books_______________ 做作业 Once a month_______________ 每周一次 three times a week________________ 每月两次your favorite program 在周末Animal World ___________________打网球四. 通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:exercise 可作动词,锻炼运动,也可作可数名词:意为体操练习 do morning exercises, do eye exercises,还可以作不可数名词,锻炼运动,take enough/more exercise(1)He hardly takes _________,so the doctor asks him to do some running and morning _________.(2)My father _________ every day. (3)Lucy is doing eye _________.探究二:How often 表频率,多久一次,对every day, always, usually, sometimes, often once a week 等表示频率的副词或短语提问。How often 多久一次,表频率 ,用来询问在某一段时间内进行某个动作的次数。常与一般现在时和一般过去时连用。其答语通常是always,usually,often,sometimes,hardly ever,never,once a week,twice a day 等频率副词。how soon多久,一般用于一般将来时,回答“in…”短语。How long 多长时间 回答for…或since…短语 。how far 多远 用于对距离提问。试 一试: _________ _________ does she go to the movies?--- Once a month._________ _________ will you get back home? ---In two months._________ _________ did he stay here? ---For two months._________ _________ does Mary live from the library?----- Two miles.I wonder_________ you'll water this kind of tree.---- Once a week.【检测互评】一、用所给词的适当形式填空。I have piano lessons (one) a week. My cousin (watch) TV twice a week.3. How often __________(do) your sister _________(help) with housework? 4. She likes (use) the Internet a lot.5. Do you want __________(learn) swing dance? 6. She goes ________(shop) twice a month.二、单项选择。( )1.-________ do you go to the movies? -Once a month. A.How long B.How often C.How soon D.How much ( )2.-How long are you going to stay here? -_________ . A.In five days B.For five days C.Since five days ago D.Five days ago ( )3.My mom uses the Internet __________ . A.a time a week B.two time a week C.three times a week D.one times a week ( )4.Some students watch TV once ________ twice a week. A.and B.but C.of D.or ( )5.He always does his homework _______ Sunday morning. A.in B.at C.on D.for 【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________________ 我的不足:__________________________________________________________________ Unit 2 How often do you exercise?第三课时Section A(Grammar Focus—3c)【学习目标】熟练掌握本课单词及短语:go to bed, play sports, play soccer, maybe, least, at least, stay up late.熟练运用本课词汇及句型谈论活动及其发生的频率.3.能熟练运用本课句型:A: What do you usually do on weekends? B: I often go to the movies. A: How often do you watch TV? B: Twice a week 【学习重难点】1.频率词汇及询问活动频率。2.一般现在时态的熟练运用。【学法指导】1.读Grammar Focus,观察发现类似句子的规律。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】熟读并背诵Grammar Focus,勾画出疑点难点.试着完成3a和3b.三、小组成员间勾画短语并抽查背诵。on weekends help with houseworkstay up late go to the moviesmaybe once a month. never go shopping hardly ever at least twice a weekgo to bed play sports四、连词成句.1.how you books read often do English ?____________________________________________2. watch do how often you TV ?____________________________________________3. weekend you usually what do do on ?____________________________________________4. weekend do parents what your do on ?_____________________________________________with meet how meet often do you your friends?___________________________________________________五、 通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:辨析maybe ,may beMaybe是一个副词,一般位于句首,与perhaps同义,在句中通常作状语,不作谓语。May be是由情态动词may加上动词be构成,在句中通常作谓语,后多接形容词,名词,代词,介词短语等作表语。例如:(1)Maybe he was lost his way. (2)It may be in your bag.练一练: ---Do you know what the girl in white is? ---I’m not sure.________she is a doctor. A.Must be B.Can be C.Maybe D.May be探究二:stay up late意为“熬夜”相当于sit up.例如:She stayde up watching TV until 12:oo.相关固定搭配:stay healthy 保持健康 stay at home 呆在家 stay away from 远离。探究三:at least 意为“至少”,least是little的最高级。例如:The hall can hold at least 2000 people.这个大厅至少能容纳2000人.练一练: 翻译: 这个女人至少40岁。____________________________________________【检测互评】一.完成短文,根据文章的含义每个空白填写一个单词,单词的第一个字母已经给出。 He is pretty h_____. He tries to exercise e______ day. And his eating habits are q______ good. He often eats a lot of v________, And he eats f______ every day and he d______ milk every day. But he doesn’t love j_____ food. And he sleeps nine h______ every n______. So you see, he looks h______. And he also gets dood grades. Good f______ and exercise help him to study better.根据句意及首字母提示完成单词。I often help my mother with h_________ at home.She visits her parents o_________or twice a week.The room is f_________ of students and teachersTom h_________ever runs in the morning because he is lazy.I watch TV at l_________five times a week.【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________________ 我的不足:__________________________________________________________________ Unit 2 How often do you exercise?第四课时Section B(1a - 1e)【学习目标】1.会认读、拼写本课的单词和短语:junk food , drink milk, drink coffee, health, be good for, want me to drink.2.正确运用How often 引导的疑问句进行交际;3.掌握和运用下列短语和句型:How many hours do you sleep every night?How often do you drink coffee?But my mother wants me to drink it.She says it’s good for my health.【学习重难点】1.会认读、拼写本课的单词和短语。2.正确运用How often 引导的疑问句进行交流。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】 一、熟读1a和1b,并背诵。二、我是小小翻译官。 1) 你多久锻炼一次?______________________________________________________ 2)你每天晚上睡几个小时觉?______________________________________________ 3)你多久吃一次垃圾食品?________________________________________________ 4)Bill 有好习惯吗?________________________________________________ 三、通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:___________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:want sb to do sth 想要某人做某事 My mother wants me to drink it.我妈妈想要我喝。 want to do sth. 想要做某事如:(1)Do you want to go to the movies with me?你想和我一起去看电影吗? (2)I want you to help me with my math.我想要你帮我学数学。有很多动词后面用这种结构做动词的复合宾语:ask sb. to do sth. 叫某人做某事tell sb. to do sth. 告诉某人去做某事help sb. (to) do sth. 帮助某人做某事试一试: 用ask,tell,help造句。____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________探究二:be good/bad for 对----有好/坏处be good for … 表示“对……有益(有好处)”其反义为:be bad for … 对……有害/无益如:(1)It’s good for us to do more reading.多读书对我们有好处。 (2)Drinking milk is good for your health.喝牛奶对你的健康有益。 (3)Reading English is good for studying English. 对英语对学习英语有益/有帮助。 (4)Reading in bed is bad for your eyes.在床上读书对你的眼睛有害。试着用这两个短语造句。________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________【检测互评】选择填空( )1.__________do you drink coffee? ----Twice a day. A.How many B.How long C. How soon D. How often( )2.Eating fruit and vegetables _____________ our health. A. is good to B. is good C.is good for D.is well for( )3.Miss Liu is very ________, because she exercises every day. A. health B. healthy C. unhealthy D. unhealth( )4.Thank you for _______ me with my English. A. help B. to help C.helping D.helps ( )5. _______ milk do you drink? A. How B. How much C.How often D. How soon( )6.Don’t read in bed. It’s bad ___ your eyes. A. for B.of C. with D.in( )7.I try to eat junk food once a week _____ I love it very much. A. although B. through C. but D. so( )8.Jenny _____ lifestyle. A.has a healthy B.have a healthy C.has a health D.has healthy( )9.If you want to be healthier, you must eat ____ junk food, I think. A. more B. less C. fewer D. many( )10.I try ____ vegetables eleven times a week. A. eat B. Eating C. to eat D.eats【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________________ 我的不足:__________________________________________________________________ Unit 2 How often do you exercise?第五课时Section B(2a - 4)【学习目标】1.掌握下列单词和短语:although,mind,body,together,however,almost,less,pointAsk sb. About sth. ,go camping,...percent... ,such as,more than,less than...2.能谈论你经常做的事。3.掌握和运用文中出现的重要词语、短语。【学习重难点】1.培养阅读能力.2.掌握文章中的语法点及词组.【学法指导】 1.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。2.通读课文,仔细理解课文的意思,并可以仿照课文例句造句。【自学互助】一、阅读2b,找出不懂的或者你认为难理解的词句,并做好标记。二、我是小小翻译官。 超过_________________ 百分之十五____________ 叫某人做某事___________ 向某人要某物 ______________ 虽然,尽管 ___________ 穿过__________ 例如__________________ 不足 _______________ 问某人关于某事_________ 和朋友一起度过 ____________ 做运动__________________ 根本不________________三、通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:___________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】读课文,纠正语音。【质疑互究】探究一:Here are the results。这是一个倒装句,其结构“Here is/Here are+主语+其他”,其中的谓语动词的形式要与后面的主语的数保持一致。若主语是代词,则使用不完全倒装,即主语在前,谓语在后。练一练:Here ______a book for you. Here _______some bananas for them. Here she _______ (come).探究二:Although意为“尽管;虽然”引导一个让步状语从句。Although引出的句子可放句首,常用逗号把它和主句分开,也可放句末。在英语中,although不能和but同时使用。例如:Although it is snowing,it is not very cold. He is ill,but he goes on working.练一练:The boy can speak both English and Japanese________he is only ten. A.if B.because C.Although探究三:surprised,形容词,意为“感到吃惊的”,主语是人;surprising也是形容词,意思也是“感到吃惊的”,主语是物。常见的固定搭配有: be surprised to do sth 对做某事感到惊讶 be surprised at sth 对某事惊讶 in surprise惊讶地,惊奇地,常放在动词或动词短语后 to one’s surprise,使某人惊讶的是,常放在句首作状语。 be surprised that + 句子练一练:I am surprised ________(find)that he could speak four languages. I am surprised at ________(see)him there.探究四:辨析across,through,over,past 这四个词都有“过,通过”的意思。Across指从物体的表面穿过;through表示从某一空间内部穿过;over表示动作从物体上方跨越而过;past表示从某物旁边穿过。例如:Don’t run across the rode.It,s dangerous.不要跑着过马路。那样很危险。 At last,they had to do through the forest.最后他们不得不穿过森林。 We climbed over a mountain last week.上周我们翻越了一座山。 We walked past the bank.我们从银行旁边走过。练一练 :The moonlight is shining in ________the window.Everyone in the room looks so nice. A.over B.across C.through D.past【检测互评】一.句型变化She exercises every day.(对划线部分提问)________ _________ __________ she exercise?Every morning Daniel exercises for forty minutes.(对划线部分提问)_________ ________ _________Daniel ________every morning?3.My sister often watches TV at night.(对划线部分提问)________ ________ _________sister often _________at night?二.选择填空 ( )1. Don’t _______too late,or you’ll feel tired tomorrow. A.wake up B.put up C.stay up ( )2.get the answer ______ the question. A.for B.with C.to ( )3.It’s raining hard,________,I decide to go out. A. however B. because C. so that ( )4.---- I think drink milk every morning is good ______our health. -----Yes ,I agree______you. A. to,to B. with,to C. for ,with ( )5.My mother asked me _______too much time_______computer games. A.not to spend,playing B.not to spend ,to play C.to not spend,play 【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________________ 我的不足:__________________________________________________________________Unit 2 How often do you exercise?第六课时 Self check一、选择填空。( )1.------Steve,______do you play basketball after school? -------Twice a week.It can keep me healthy. A. how far B. how soon C. how long D. how often( )2.Kate is ________girl.She is very happy at school. A.a eighteen-year-old B. an eighteen-year-old C. an eighteen-years-old D. an eighteen years old ( )3. We can be thanksful every day,not just _______Thanksgiving Day. A. in B. on C. to D. by ( )4.---Is your friend Mike still in Australia? ---I don’t know .I have ________information(信息) about him because I haven’t seen him for _________years. A.a little,a few B.little, a few C.a few,a me D.few,a little ( )5. To keep healthy,many people ________every day. A. take a shower B.take pride C.take a look D.take exercise ( )6. Most students exercise ________a week. A.once or twice B.one time or two times C.one time or twice D.once or two times ( )7. I left my key in the room.I had to get in _______the window. A.in B. through C. over D. to ( )8._______he studied very hard every day,________he didn’t pass the exam. A. Although,but B.Because,so C.Although ,/ D. /,so ( )9. Tine wants me ________her________her Chinese. A.to help ,with B.help,to study C.helping,with D.to help,studying ( )10.I spent a lot of time________English last weekend. A.to practice speaking B.practice to speaking C.practicing speaking D.practice speaking ( )11. Jill still went to school________he was ill. A.although B.because C. if D. so ( )12. I’m very tired.I can _______run. A. always B.hardly C.usually D.sometimes ( )13. We don’t have ________to buy this sweater,although the sweater is ______ A.enough money,good enough B.enough money,enough good C.money enough ,well enough D.enough money,well enough ( )14.Mr Brown always makes his class lively and keeps his students_______in class. A. interesting B.interested C. interest D.interestingly ( )15.Now all of us exercise at________least_______hour a day in and outside school.the,a B.a ,an C./ ,a D. /,an二、用所给词的适当形式填空。I am ________at the _________news.(surprise)It’s important for us ________(learn)a foreign language.45 percent of the workers_________(be)women in this factory.Many people often _________(listen)to radio in the morning.The best way ________(get)to the train station is to take a taxi.Here _______(be)two letters for you.She studied for the test by _________(ask)the teacher for help.三、句型转换。He sleeps eight hours every night.(对划线部分提问) _______ _______ _______ does he sleep every night?What would you like to do this afternoon? (同义句)What do you _______ _______ _______ this afternoon.The boy eats junk food three or four times a week.(对划线部分提问) ______ ______ _______ the boy eat junk food?I would like some milk..(一般疑问问句)_______ you ______ ________milk?6.bad,for,your,junkfood,is,health. _________________________________________________四、书面表达。要求:根据表格所给信息,以“Tina’s Healthy Lifestyle”为题,写一篇短文介绍Tina 的生活。________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Unit 3 I’m more outgoing than my sister.第一课时Section A (1a--1c) 【学习目标】能听、说、读、写下列单词和短语: outgoing, better, loudly, quiet, quietly, both...and....2.谈论个性特征。3.学习使用形容词的比较级比较人的个性特征。4.掌握句型: (1)Is that Sam? No, that’s Tom. (2)He has shorter hair than Sam. (3)He’s calmer than Sam. (4)Tom is more athletic than Sam.【学习重难点】 比较级的构成和使用。【学法指导】查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.预习114页,115页,形容词和副词的比较级。三.英汉互译。 友好的,外向的_______________ 长的_______________ 短的_______________________ 瘦的_______________ 重的,胖的_____________ 高的_______________ 矮的________________ 打鼓_______________ Both...and... ________________ than ______________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:both ...and...表示“在...和...之间”,连接主语时当成复数。 例如:Both Tom and his friend are good at basketball.探究二:形容词和副词比较级的变化规则:1. 单音节形容词或副词大致按以下规律变化:(1) 一般情况下直接在形容词或副词后面加–er 。 如:tall—taller long—longer以字母 e 结尾的单词,直接在词尾加 –r 。 如:large—larger 以“辅音字母+y”结尾的单词,则将改y为 i 再加-er。 如:busy—busier heavy—heavier 以重读闭音节结尾,且末尾只有一个辅音字母的,则双写最后一个辅音字母,再加-er。 如:big—bigger thin—thinner不规则变化需要特殊记忆。 good / well --- better 好 bad / badly / ill --- worse 坏 many / much --- more 多 little --- less 少 old --- older / elder 老, 旧 far --- farther / further 远多音节以及某些双音节形容词或副词变为比较级时,则通常在其前加more。 如:important—more important difficult—more difficult useful—more useful3. 有些单词的比较级有两种形式, 如:clever—cleverer / more clever able—abler / more able narrow—narrower / more narrow【检测互评】一.写出下列单词的比较级。high________ tall ________ hungry _______ thirsty_________ beautiful _______ funny ________ outgoing________ big _________ little_________ hot _________ thin ________ late _______ wet ________ good/well_______ easy_________ friendly________ smart ________ lazy ________ 二.用所给词的适当形式填空。My bike is ___________(new),but hers is __________(new) than mine.Miss Gao isn’t as ______(fat) as Miss Green.---Who is ___________(heavy), Liu li or Liu Ying?---Liu Ying is __________(thin) than Liu Li.My English teacher is much______(fun) than my math teacher.Miss Yang is _________(calm) than Miss Li.【总结提升】 我的收获:_________________________________________________________________我的不足:_________________________________________________________________Unit 3 I’m more outgoing than my sister.第二课时Section A (2a--2d)【学习目标】能听、说、读、写下列单词和短语:competition, fantastic, which, clearly, though, work hard, as...as..., hard-working, get up early, run fast, the most important thing, singing competition .对人物进行比较。2.熟练掌握本课单词及短语,谈论个性特征。3.学习使用形容词的比较级对人物进行比较。。4.掌握句型:(1)Did you like the singing competition yesterday? (2)-Which one was Lisa? -The one with shorter hair. (3)The most important thing is to learn something new and have fun.【学习重难点】 比较级的构成和使用。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.温故知新:小组成员间比一比,看谁能写出更多的形容词和副词以及它们的比较级。_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________二.熟读并背诵2d,勾画出疑点难点.三.英汉互译。Singing competition_______________ 最重要的事情__________________ have fun_______________________ 起的早__________________ hard-working__________________ 跑得快__________________As...as... ___________________ 友好的__________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:Tara works as hard as Tina.翻译:___________________________________ 表示两者在某一方面相同时,用“as+形容词或副词原型+as“的句型。意为“和...一样”,其否定式为“not as /so+ 形容词或副词原型+ as”.意为“例如:I think English is as important as math.我认为英语和数学一样重要。 Tom runs as fast as jack.汤姆跑地和杰克一样快。 This dictionary is not as/so useful as you think. 这本字典不如你想象的有用。试一试: 翻译 这部电影和那部电影一样有趣。___________________________________________ 英语不如语文容易。_____________________________________________________ 探究二:辨析competition, match, raceCompetition可指体育方面的的“比赛”,也可指书法,朗读,音乐等方面的“竞赛”。 例如:I won a prize in a math competition.我在数学竞赛中得了奖。Match指体育运动中的竞技比赛,凡是球类方面的比赛均可用match表示。例如:Today’s football match is France versus Brazil.今天的足球比赛是法国队对巴西队。Race往往与赛跑联系在一起,其本意是“在速度方面的竞赛”。 例如:Liu Li won the 400-meter race.试一试: When Bruce was 7 years old ,he won second prize in the piano _______. A.race B.match C.competition 探究三:But the most important thing is to learn something new and have fun. 但是最重要的是学到新东西和玩得高兴。句中的动词不定式to learn something new and have fun在be动词后作表语。 例如:My work is to clean the room every day. His dream is to be a doctor【检测互评】一.翻译下列句子: 1.这辆自行车比那辆自行车更好。____________________________________________ 2.红色的直尺比绿色的直尺更长。____________________________________________ 3.他比他的弟弟更友好。__________________________________________________单项选择。( ) 1. The red dress is too expensive. Could you show me a ________ one? A.cheaper B.cheapest C.cheapper D.cheap( ) 2. My sister is ________ than me. A.much more outgoing B.very more outgoing C.much outgoing D.outgoing( ) 3. Tara’s hair is longer than _______ . A.she B.her C.him D.hers( ) 4. ________ one is better, the white one or the black one? A.Who B.What C.That D.Which( ) 5. Listen! Jane is reading _______ in her room. A.loud B.loudly C.quiet D.quietly 【总结提升】 我的收获:_________________________________________________________________我的不足:_________________________________________________________________Unit 3 I’m more outgoing than my sister.第三课时Section A(Grammar Focus—3c)【学习目标】1.熟练运用本课词汇及句型.2.能灵活表述个人特征。4.能对人物进行比较。【学习重难点】比较级的正确运用【学法指导】1.读Grammar Focus,观察发现类似句子的规律,并理解句子意思。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.熟读并背诵Grammar Focus,勾画出疑点难点.二.试着完成3a和3b.三.英汉互译。 与...一样高_________________ two years ago __________________ 与...一样友好_________________ more outgoing __________________ I think my mother is smarter than my father._________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】仔细观察,用心归纳总结,小组活动编对话。【质疑互究】探究一:辨析 beat 和win Beat 意为“打败,战胜”后接人或者集体, win意为“打败,赢,战胜”,后接事或者物 例如:I’m sure we can beat them.我确信我们能打败他们。 He worked hard and he won the first place in the exam. 他努力学习,并且在考试中得了第一名。试一试: ----Do you know Mo Yan? ----yes.He _______the 2012 Nobel Prize for Literature(诺贝尔文学奖)at the age of 57.won B.beat C.brought D.bought探究二:Which one was Lisa? 翻译:______________________________ Which 的用法:(1)代词,“哪一个,哪一些”。 Which is my book? 哪本书是我的? (2)形容词,“哪一个,哪一些”。 Which coat do you like? 你喜欢哪一件外套?【检测互评】一.根据句意和首字母提示补全单词。His grandma died five years a_______.He missed her very much.Our teacher asked us not to speak l_______in the classroom.The little boy is watching TV q_______in the room.Jim got the first prize in the English speech c_______.Could you tell me w_______book you like best?Our English teacher is f_______to us .We all love her.I couldn’t catch your idea c_______.Tom is more o_______than Sam.The twins are h_______students.All teachers like them.单项选择。 ( )1.Mary was born in 1998 and he began to play_______guitar at the age of seven. A.a B./ C.the D. An( )2.---How do you like the concert(音乐会)given by F.I.R.? ---Exciting,_______one piece of the music wasn’t played quite well. A.though B.because C.so D.and( )3.Lily isn’t as ______as Peter.She often makes mistakes in her homework. A.careless B.careful C.carelessly D.carefully( )4.Do you think math is ________than English? A.difficult B.as difficult C.more difficult D.most difficult三.同义句转换(一空一词)。1.Miss Li is popular in our class. Mr Wu is more popular. Mr Wu is ________ ________ ________ Miss Li.2.Li Ming doesn’t run as fast as Wang Lin. Wang Lin ________ ________ ________ Li Ming.3.Pedro is thinner than Jim . Jim is _______ ________ Pedro.4. This film is more interesting than that one. That film is ________ _________ _________ this one.【总结提升】 我的收获:_________________________________________________________________我的不足:_________________________________________________________________Unit 3 I’m more outgoing than my sister.第四课时Section B (1a - 1e)【学习目标】会认读、拼写本课的单词和短语:talented,truly,care,care about,be talented in , laugh, laugh at sb.正确运用比较级描述人物,能听懂描述人物的句子.3.掌握和运用下列短语和句型:A good friend makes me laugh.For me,a good friend likes to do the same things as me.A good friend is talented in music.【学习重难点】1.正确运用比较级描述人物.2.能听懂描述人物的句子.【学法指导】查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】 一.熟读1a和1b,并背诵。二. 翻译下列句子。 1) 我认为好朋友可以使我笑。___________________________________________ 2)对我来说,好朋友要做和我一样的事。_________________________________ 3)好朋友要在音乐方面有天赋。_________________________________________ 4)那对我来说不是非常重要。___________________________________________ 三.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】比赛拼读单词,小组理解新句型,用心听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:talented是形容词,意为“有才能的,有才干的”。常用结构:be talented in 意为“在...方面有天赋”。例如:He is a talented actor.He is also talented in music.Talent是名词,意为“天才,天赋” talent show 才艺表演Untalented也是形容词,意为“没有天赋的”是talented的反义词。练一练:What an excellent basketball player he is!I really love this ______guy(家伙)。A.sad B.talented C.outgoing D.helpful探究二:care about意为“关心,计较,在乎”,是指由于某事重要或因责任所在而关心计较,一般用于否定句。 例如:He doesn’t care about her clothes.Care for 作“关心,照料”讲时,一般用于肯定句和疑问句。 例如:She spent years caring for her sick aunt. Who will care for your children when you are out?练一练:I never _______what you say.I know you are an honest (诚实)boy. A.take care of B.care about C.learn about D.hear about探究三:make sb/sth do sth 意为“使某人/某物作某事”,其中的make是个使役动 词,do sth是省略to的动词不定式作宾语补足语。 例如:The teacher made Ann get her book back.Make + sb/sth + 形容词,意为“使某人/某物处于某种状态” 例如:The bad news makes me sad. 【检测互评】一.选择填空。( )1.Who can make the machine_________? A. run B. to run C. runs D. running( )2.Look at those children. _________like playing soccer a lot. A. Most them B. Most they C. Most of them D. They most( )3.He is ________as his twin brother. A. as taller B. so taller C. as tall D. so tall( )4.---What does your cousin look like now? ---Oh, he is much______ than before. A. strong B. stronger C. strongest D. too strong( )5.My aunt played the guitar to make the baby ______crying. A. stopping B. stops C. to stop D. stop( )6. I’m good at _________,but Li lei is good at ______. A. Chinese, play computers B. Chinese ,to play computers C .Chinese ,playing computers D. China ,play computers( )7. Do your homework ________and try to make no mistakes next time? A. careful B. carefully C. more carefully D. most carefully二.用所给词的适当形式填空。1.Which do you like________(well),math or chemistry?2.What he said made his mother much________(angry).3.We can do __________(much) work with _________(little)money.4.The _________(old) he gets, the __________(strong) he feels.5.The weather is getting______(warm) and ___________(warm).6.I think science is _______(important) than Japanese.7.I think the story is not so _________(interesting) as that one.8.There are some__________(different) between Yuan li and James Green.【总结提升】 我的收获:_________________________________________________________________我的不足:_________________________________________________________________Unit 3 I’m more outgoing than my sister.第五课时Section B(2a - 4)【学习目标】1.学习掌握下列单词和短语:serious,mirror,necessary,saying,reach,touch,break,as long as,be similar to,be different from.bring out,the same as...2.能谈论个性,比较人物。3.掌握和运用文中出现的重要词语、短语。【学习重难点】1.培养阅读能力.2.掌握文章中的语法点及词组.【学法指导】 1.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。2.通读课文,仔细理解课文的意思,并可以仿照课文例句造句。【自学互助】一.朗读本课时单词,仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。二.阅读2b,找出不懂的或者你认为难理解的词句,并做好标记。三.汉译英。 只要,既然_______________________ 与...相似________________________ 与...不同________________________ 使显出 ________________________ 和...相同________________________ 小学 ________________________ 擅长钢琴_________________________ 交朋友 ________________________ 事实上 _________________________ 与...相处得好____________________ 取得更好的成绩___________________ 感觉更好_________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】读课文,纠正语音。【质疑互究】探究一:辨析:look like,be like,feel like(1)look like意为“看上去像...”指外观上像。 例如:She looks like her mother.(2)be like意为“像...一样”,指品德,相貌等,更多侧重于表示人的个性特征。 例如:Is he like his father?(3)Feel like 意为“想要做某事”后接名词或动名词,不能接不定式。它还可以表示“摸起来好像”。例如: I feel like a cup of tea.我想要一杯茶。 It feels like silk.这东西摸起来像丝绸。 练一练: ---Sam,what will the weather _________tomorrow? ----Sorry,I didn’t watch the weather report just now. A.be like B.looks like C.feel like D.seem like探究二:hand 作名词是“手”,作动词时“上交”。相关搭配有:hand in 交上 hand out 分发 by hand 手工 On the one hand...,on the other hand... 一方面...另一方面...探究三:break作动词意为“使 ...破裂,损坏”,过去式为broke.作名词为“暂停,中断”。 例如:My brother broke the window. Class is over,Let’s have a break.固定短语有:break into 破门而入 break off 打断 break the rules 违反规则Break down (机器等)出故障 break in 插嘴 break the law 违法探究四:(1)be similar to 意为“与...相似”。 例如:His problem is similar to yours. (2)The same as 意为“与...相同”。 例如:My watch is the same as yours. (3)The same as 的反义词是“be different from”意为“与...不同”。试一试: 用这三个短语各造一个句子。____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________【检测互评】用所给词的适当形式填空。There is a _______(say)that behind every successful man there’s a woman.My best friend,Jim,_______(true)cares about me.Neither you nor I ________(be)wrong.Jim is _________(serious)than his brother.It’s very important for us________(learn)English well.As long as you drive carefully,you ________(be)safe.汉译英。1.那件新衣服把她潜在的美展现出来了。The new dress________ ________her hidden beauty.他与这些孩子们相处得很好。He is very _________ ________the children.我哥哥和我妹妹一样严肃。My brother is ________ ________ _________my sister.在学校,请不要违反规则。Don’t _________ _________ _________at school ,please. 【总结提升】 我的收获:_________________________________________________________________我的不足:_________________________________________________________________Unit 3 I’m more outgoing than my sister.第六课时 Self check一、选择填空。( )1.---Where is Thomas? ---He left a ________. A. information B. message C. messages D. news( )2.---Look!That is the woman_______I met yesterday. ----Oh?She is my aunt. A.What B. Who C. Where D.when ( )3. The music in the CD made the students _______relaxed. A. feel B. feels C. felt D. To feel( )4.---Is your friend Tom still in China? ---I don’t know .I have ________information(信息) about him because I haven’t seen him for _________years. A.a little,a few B.little, a few C.a few,a me D.few,a little ( )5. I have two children ,and _______of them are working in the west of China. A. all B.both C.neither D.either ( )6. Beibei is growing fast.She is even _______than her mother A.tall B.taller C.tallest D.the tallest ( )7. I think Chinese is _______than math. A.difficult B. more difficult C.the most difficult D.difficulter ( )8.After the rebuilding(重建),our school is becoming________. A.more and more beautiful B.beautiful and beautiful C. more beautiful and beautiful D.the more beautiful ( )9.Many boy students think math is _________English. A.much difficult than B.so difficult as C.less difficult than D.more difficult than ( )10.Taking the bus in Beijing is ________than taking a taxi. A.more cheap B.much cheaper C.a little cheap D.less cheaper ( )11.Li Hua’s shoes are as _______as Zhang Hui’s. A.cheaper B.cheap C. the cheaper D. the cheapest ( )12.The girl is afraid to dance in public because she thinks others may ______her. A.laugh at B.wait for C.hear of D.agree with ( )13. My sister has practiced tennis for a long time.She plays _______you. A.as good as B.so well as C.as well as D.so good as ( )14._______you study,________knowledge(知识)you’ll get. A.The harder,more B.The harder,the more C.Harder,the more D.Harder,more ( )15.Larry is _______at basketball than any other boy I know. A.good B.bad C.better D. Worse完形填空。 One of Paul’s feet is bigger than the__1__.He can’t find the right shoes___2___his feet.His friend,Dick,____3___to him,“Why don’t you __4____to a shoemaker?A good shoemaker can ____5___you the right shoes.”So Paul goes to the shoemaker near his ___6____.Very soon the shoemaker makes him a ___7____of shoes.Paul ___8____the shoes but he is not happy.He says to the shoemaker,“You’re mot a __9____shoemaker!I want you to make one shoe___10____than the other!”( )1.A.Other B.hand C.friend D.back( )2.A.on B.in C.for D.at( )3.A.tells B.speaks C.says D.asks( )4.A.walk B.talk C.find D.go( )5.A.sell B.make C.carry D.work( )6.A.friend B.parents C.home D.son( )7.A.pair B.lot C.piece D.box( )8.A.puts off B.looks at C.gets out D.takes off( )9.A.good B.bad C.busy D.free( )10.A.long B.nicer C.bigger D.short三.情景交际。Gina and Peter are talking about what a good friend is like.Gina:Peter,________________________?Peter:I think a good friend is good at sports.Gina:You mean he or she is athletic?Peter:Yes.And____________________.We can help each other with the schoolwork.Gina:Anything else?Peter:Er,I think_____________________.Gina:I don’t think so.I like to have friends__________________.Peter:Do you think a good friend should be popular at school ,too?Gina:Well,_________________.a good friend likes to do the same things as me.what’s a good friend likewho are different from mehe or she is funnythat’s not important for mehe or she has good grades四.书面表达。写一篇文章介绍你和你好朋友有什么不同。不少于80词。_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Unit 4 What’s the best movie theater?第一课时Section A(1a-1c)【学习目标】能掌握下列单词:theater, comfortable, seat, close, ticket, screen.2.能掌握和运用下列句型: (1)What’s the best movie theater? (2)It has the biggest screens. (3)It’s the most popular near here. (4)Moon Theater has the most comfortable seats.【学习重难点】 1.讨论喜好,作比较。2.能掌握和运用形容词、副词的最高级。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇和短语。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。三.汉译英。最舒适的座位________________ 最佳音效______________________最大的屏幕__________________ 买票快________________________离家近________________________ 最短的等候时间________________最受欢迎____________________ 最好的电影院__________________ 四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:参考114页,115页,总结形容词和副词的最高级的构成与用法。试一试:翻译下列句子。 他是我们班上最高的学生。____________________________________________ 她是我最好的朋友。 __________________________________________________ 最好的服装店在哪里?_________________________________________________探究二:辨析:sound, voice, noise(1)Sound指自然界的一切声音,可以作连系动词,后接形容词作表语;(2)Voice是指人的嗓音; (3)Noise是指不悦耳的噪音。试一试:1.I can hear the ________(声音)of the running water in the river. 2.Her ________(声音)is very beautiful. 3.It’s too noisy .I don’t like the _______(声音)。探究三:close to 意为“靠近”,近义短语是next to ,close 在这里是形容词,意为“接近,近的,关系亲密的”。 例如:Our school is close to that shop.我们学校离那家商店很近。 Li Hong is a close friend of mine.李红是我的一个亲密的朋友。 The children are close to each other in age.这些孩子们年龄相近。Close也可作动词,意为“关闭,停业”。例如:Please close the door.请关门。注意:closed 可作形容词,意为“关闭的,不对公众开放的”,而close作形容词,意为“靠近的,亲密的”。试一试: The city _________to the sea. A.is closed B.close at C.is close D.closed to【检测互评】一. 写出下列形容词的最高级。1. short ______________ 2. tall______________3. heavy ______________ 4. thin_______________5. funny ______________ 6. serious____________7. outgoing____________ 8. friendly____________9. smart ______________ 10.quiet_____________二.根据句意和首字母提示补全单词。I feel very c________when I listen to music.There is no s________on the bus.The park is c______to my home.I want to buy a train t________to Beijing.三.单项选择。( )1.It has the ________ clothing store in town. A. goodest B. gooddest C. best D. better( )2. This clothing store is ____ than that one. A. bad B. worse C. the worst D. worst( )3.This book is ____ of all. A. cheapest B. cheap C. cheaper D. the cheapest( )4. This is one of ____ films of this year. A. more exciting B. exciting C. the most exciting D. most exciting.( )5.This watch is ____ than that one. A. much expensive B. expensiver C. more expensiver D. much more expensive 【总结提升】我的收获:_________________________________________________________________我的不足:_________________________________________________________________ Unit 4 What’s the best movie theater?第二课时Section A(2a-2d)【学习目标】能掌握下列单词:theater, comfortably, worst, worse, cheaply, DJ, carefully, choose, reporter, fresh, so far. 能掌握和运用下列句型:How do you like it so far?You can sit the most comfortably because they have the biggest seats. 3.Which is the best clothes store?【学习重难点】 掌握形容词和副词的最高级的构成以及初步运用。能灵活运用本节课的重要句型。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇和短语、结构。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。三.英汉互译。欢迎来到本社区________________ Thanks for__________________ 买衣服________________________ the best clothes store____________最好的超市________________ in town_____________________买最新鲜的食物____________________ around here_________________最仔细______________________ 最无聊的歌曲__________________到目前为止,你觉得它怎么样?_____________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:“How do you like ...?”用来询问对方对某事的看法,相当于“What do you think of...”意为“你觉得...怎么样?”例如:How do you like the movie?=What do you think of the movie?试一试: 翻译下列句子。你妈妈认为你的英语老师怎么样?_____________________________________=______________________________________探究二:so far表示“到目前为止”。与until now/up to now同义,可位于句首,句中,句末。例如:There is no news about her sister so far.探究三:Thanks for telling me. 翻译:________________________________解析 thanks for...=thank you for...,意为“因...而感谢”,其后接名词或动名词。辨析 thanks for与 thanks tothanks for “因...而感谢”,后接感谢的原因。thanks to “多亏,由于”,后接名词或代词。试一试:________ ________ CCTV,I can have the chance to ________ them_______ their help.【检测互评】一.用所给词的适当形式填空。I want to be a ________(report)when I grow up.Thanks for _________(help)me with my homework.The two desks are _______(Tom)and ________(John).Screen City has the ________ (big) screen of all the cinemas.Danny is the ________ (good) student and Miller is the ________ (bad) student in the class.二.单项选择。( )1.I think the movie Titanic is ________ one of all the movies. A.the best B.best C.better D.a good( )2.My home ________ the post office. A.is closed B.close C.is close to D.closed to 三.句型转换。 1.Jackson is 16 years old. Mike is 14years old.(合并为一句) Jackson is two _____ ________ than Mike. 2.He is taller than any other student in his class. He is_____ ______student in his class. 3.This jacket is cheaper than that one.(改为同义句) That jacket is_____ ______than this one. 4.I think Jason’s has the best quality in town.(改为否定句) I_______ think Jason’s ________ the best quality in town. 5.Funky Fashion has the worst clothes in town.(改为一般疑问句) _______Funky Fashion______ the worst clothes in town? 【总结提升】我的收获:_________________________________________________________________我的不足:_________________________________________________________________Unit 4 What’s the best movie theater?第三课时Section A(Grammar Focus—3c)【学习目标】熟练掌握本课单词及短语: how much, comfortably,service, meal, menu,not...at all, in town, much better, how far, last night .2.熟练运用本课词汇和最高级。能熟练运用本课句型: (1)What do you think of 970 AM? (2)What’s the best movie theater to go to? (3)Which is the worst clothes store in town? (4)It’s worse than Blue Moon. It has the worst service.【学习重难点】1.掌握形容词和副词的最高级的构成以及初步运用。2.能灵活运用本节课的重要句型。【学法指导】1.读Grammar Focus,观察发现类似句子的异同。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.熟读并背诵Grammar Focus,勾画出疑点难点.二.试着完成3a和3b.三.汉译英 最差的 最贵的 最新鲜的 到目前为止 你觉得970AM怎么样?_____________________________________________ 我认为970AM相当差。它有着最糟糕的音乐,_________________________ 你在那里买票很快。_______________________________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_____________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究:service是名词,意为“接待,服务”,其动词是“serve”例如:That hotel is famous for its fine service.那家旅馆以服务优良著称。We should serve the people.我们应该为人民服务。试一试:We offer(提供)the best prices and best ________in town!You can choose the best clothes.A.serve B.danger C.building D.service【检测互评】一.单项选择。( )1.He is__________ his father. A. as taller B. the taller than C. as taller than D. taller than( )2. From your E-mail ,I _______you would come to our city very soon. A. studied B. learned C. taught D. got( )3. -------Which is ________season in Beijing?--------I think it’s autumn. A. good B. better C. best D. the best( )4. -------_______do you _______the game?-------It’s wonderful ,I think the players are great. A. How ; like about B. What ;think of C. What; like about D. How ;think about( )5.There is a good clothing store_______. A.in the town B. on the town C. in town D. on town( )6.Who jumped the _______of all in the long jump ? ----Li Lei did. A. longer B. longest C. farther D .farthest补全句子。蓝月亮服装店离家很近。 Blue Moon is pretty _______ ________home.镇上最差的服装店是哪一家? _________is ________ __________clothes store in town?迄今为止,我们学英语已经五年了。 __________ _________,we have learned English for five years.保持你的眼睛闭着,手张开着。 Keep your eyes _______and your hand _________.那家旅馆有最好的服务。 That hotel has ________ ________ __________.三.用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空。1.My father is much ____________(busy) than my mother.2.I think English is _________(interesting) of all the subjects.3.This hotel has __________(friendly) service in town.4.English is one of _________subjects at school. (difficult)5.Among all the subjects , I like English ____________. (well)【总结提升】我的收获:_________________________________________________________________我的不足:_________________________________________________________________Unit 4 What’s the best movie theater?第四课时Section B(1a - 1e)【学习目标】会认读、拼写本课的单词和短语:creative, performer, talent, loudest ,most serious...2.能理解并掌握句型副词比较级和最高级的用法并能灵活运用.3.掌握和运用下列句型:.Who was the best performer?.Elize was the best performer.【学习重难点】能听懂本课句型。能理解并掌握句型副词比较级和最高级的用法 并能灵活运用.【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇和短语、结构。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.熟读1a和1b,并背诵。二.英汉互译。最乏味的_________________ 最大声的________________worst________________ most serious______________最搞笑的_____________ 最宁静的______________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_____________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:(1)creative 是形容词,意为“有创造力的”,其比较级和最高级是more creative,most creative. 如:creative thought (创造性思维)。 (2)Create是它的动词形式,意为“创造”。 如:create a show(创造一个节目), (3)Creation是它的名称形式,意为“创造”。 如:wealth creation(财富的创造)。试一试: He is a very ______(create) musician.We all like him.探究二:(1)person指人,是可数名词,有单复数形式,可用来表示男女老少各种人。 例如:Who is the youngest person in your class. (2)People作“人”讲时是集体名词,在句中做主语时,谓语用复数形式,通常用来指大批的是,数目不详的人。例如:There are many people on thr playground.注意:people作“民族”讲时,是可数名词,a people意为“一个民族”。试一试: He is a ________who is easy to get along with. A.people B.person C.men D.peoples探究三:performer是名词,意为“表演者”.它的动词是perform,意为“表演”。它的另一个名词是performance,意为“表演”试一试: 翻译句子 1.他是一个非常有创造力的表演者。____________________________________________2.孩子们都喜欢这个年轻的演员,她的表演非常精彩。____________________________________________【检测互评】单项选择。( )1.She looks ________ younger than she is. A.even B.very C.a bit of D.a lot of( )2.If you do that, you’ll feel ________ soon. A.more healthy B.more healthier C.much healthy D.much healthier( )3.We’ll try to do _____ work with ________ time than before. A.much; much B.little; little C.less; more D.more; less( )4.China has the ________ population(人口数)in the world. A.largest B.bigger C.most D.fewest( )5.Of all the students, Li Ming is ________ to Mr Wang. A.close B.closer C.the closest D.the most closest( )6.You are getting fatter and fatter. You should eat ____ food and take _____ exercise. A.less; less B.more; more C.more; less D.less; more( )7.—Which is ________ month of the year? —July, I think. A.hot B.hoter C.hotter D.the hottest( )8.Xi’an is one of ________ capital ________ in China. A.older; city B.the older; city C.oldest; cities D.the oldest; cities( )9.E-mailing is ________ than long-distance calling. A.the cheapest B.cheapest C.cheaper D.cheap( )10.She chose _____ expensive shirt from all these clothes. A.the most B.more C.less D.the more【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________________我的不足:__________________________________________________________________Unit 4 What’s the best movie theater?第五课时Section B(2a - 4)【学习目标】掌握下列单词和短语: have...in common,magician,all kind of,be up to play a role,winner,prize,make up,for example,seriously,take...seriously,crowed.2.能就身边的事物进行比较。3.掌握和运用文中出现的重要词语、短语。【学习重难点】1.培养阅读能力.2.掌握文章中的语法点及词组.【学法指导】 1.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。2.通读课文,仔细理解课文的意思,并可以仿照课文例句造句。【自学互助】一.朗读本课时单词,仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。二.阅读2b,找出不懂的或者你认为难理解的词句,并做好标记。三.汉译英:有相同特征___________________ 各种各样的____________________是...的职责__________________ 发挥作用______________________编造 ________________________ 例如 _________________________认真对待_____________________ 越来越流行____________________才艺表演_____________________ 得到非常好的奖品_______________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】读课文,纠正语音。【质疑互究】探究一:watch意为“观看”,后接省to的动词不定式(即动词原形)或现在分词作宾语补足语。类似用法的词还有see,hear等感官动词。See,hear,watch等后面接动词原形,表示动作的整个过程;后接ing则表示当时的一瞬间动作。例如:I saw him work in the garden yesterday.昨天我看见他在花园里干活了。 I saw him working in the garden yesterday.昨天我看见他正在花园了干活。试一试: When I walked past the park,I saw some old people________Chinese Taiji. A.do B.did C.doing D.are doing探究二:more and more 用在名词前,表示“越来越多的...”;用在形容词,副词前表示“越来越...”.例如:More and more doctors came to help.越来越多的医生来帮忙。 This story gets more and more exciting.这个故事越来越令人激动了。试一试: After 5 ,the girl gets ______________.more beautiful and more beautiful B.beautiful and more beautifulC.more beautiful and beautiful D.more and more beautiful探究三:be up to sb to do sth表示“应由某人做某事”。例如:It is up to me to get the four of us moving.该由我来召集我们四个人动起来。试一试: 根据汉语完成句子这件事应由学生们来决定。The thing ________ _________ _________the students ________ _________.探究四:give sb sth=give sth to sb 把某物给某人试一试 根据汉语完成句子你能给我一个苹果吗?_____________________________=__________________________【检测互评】根据句意和首字母提示补全单词。Edison was a great inventor.He was very c________.My friend and I have two things in c_________.We should try our best to help the p________in the mountains.He can answer the question h________hard it is.For e__________,Helen is a good girl.用所给词的适当形式填空。1.Mr.Green is a great ________(perform).And we all like his performance.2.Who can sing the song __________(beautiful)in the class?3.I can’t go shopping with you.I have much work ________(do).4.We watch a little boy _________(play)computer game in the room.5.It’s up to you _______(decide)what to do next.He was late this morning.because the bus too ________(crowd)for him to get on.根据汉语意思完成句子。1.请编一个对话。Please ________ _________a conversation.2.青年人在这次活动中起着重要作用。Young people ________ ________ _________ ________in the activity.3.越来越多的蔬菜和水果被供应到诚实中。________ ________ ________vegetables and fruit are supplied to the cities.4.当你搬到一个新的地方,对你来说的第一件事就是找到一个住的地方。When you move somewhere new ,the first thing for you is to find a place _______ ________.5.孩子们唱歌唱得好。They们获得了一等奖。The children sang__________.They ________ _________ _________ _________.【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________________我的不足:__________________________________________________________________Unit 4 What’s the best movie theater?第六课时 Self check一、选择填空。( )1.----Do you know that there are many different_______animals in the zoo? ----Yes ,I do.I also know that some of them are ______scaring. A.kinds of ,kind of B.kinds of,kinds of C.kind of,kinds of D.kind of,kind of( )2.It’s raining hard .________,I still want to go there. A.However B. Because C.Since D.And ( )3. Who can run ________of all in the sports meeting. A. fast B. faster C. the fastest D. more fast ( )4.China is the third _______country in the world. A.large B,largest C.larger D.as large as ( )5. Li Hua studied English very ________and her English is ________in her class. A. Careful,good B.carefully,well C.careful,best D.carefully,the best ( )6. Mrs.Zhang is one of ________teachers in our school.We all like her. A.popular B.more popular C.the most popular D.popularest ( )7.---Do you think it will be cool tomorrow? ----_________.It has been too hot for a week. A.So it is B.I’m afraid so C.I hope so D. Of course not ( )8.---Who is _______,Tom,Jim or David? ----I think Jim is. A.stronger B.the stronger C. strongest D. the strongest ( )9.Three _______injured(受伤)students died in a hospital last year. A. serious B.bad C.seriously D.well ( )10. Who listens________of the three boys? A.the most carefully B.more carefully C.the most careful D.more careful ( )11.Although they are twins,they have nothing _______common. A.at B.with C.on D.in ( )12.You should practice more English,then you’ll be ______at it. A.good B.better C.best D. the best二.用括号里的词的适当形式填空。1. We went to the __________(bad) restaurant in town last night. The menu had only 10dishes and the service was not good at all.2. Blue Moon is _____(good), but Miler’s is ________(good ) in town.3. The Big Screen is __________(expensive) than most cinemas, but Cinema City is _________(expensive).4. Movie City has the _______ (bad) service, but we can sit the________ (comfortably)there.5. Johnny Dep acted the ____________(good) in that movie. He’s much ______(good) than other actors at finding the __________(interesting) role6.This hotel has the friendly ________ in our town.(serve)7.My home is the closest to school but his home is ________ ________ (far).8.That movie is ________ ________that I have ever seen.(bad)9.I think this movie theater is ________ _________than that one.(comfortable)10.Is Harbin ________ than Hainan?(cold)三.选择适当短语并用其适当形式填空。in common , made up, come true, for example, all kinds ofIf I work hard, I believe my dream will __________ one day.The story is ___________, do not believe it.My mother and my father have some things ___________.I have many hobbies,___________, I like singing and dancing.There are ________clothes in the clothing store so you can buy what you want.四.完形填空。It was the last lesson before ___1___ holidays. The students ___2____ very happy. Their English teacher was very happy, ___3____.The teacher __4____ played nice games with them. He sang some nice songs, and then he went to the blackboard and wrote “SMILES”___5___ it.“This is one of the ____6___words in English”,he said to the class. The___7___ class laughed, and then one girl ____8___and said,“Why?”The teacher said ___9____for a while. Then he smiled and said,“Because there is a mile between the ___10___letter and the last.”( )1.A.a B.an C.the D.much( )2.A.is B.are C.was D.were( )3.A.too B.eight C.neither D.also( )4.A.a little B.little C.any D.also( )5.A.before B.on C.in D.in front of( )6.A.long B.longer C.longest D.short( )7.A.whole B.each C.all D.both( )8.A.stand up B.sit down C.stood up D.lay down( )9.A.something B.anything C.nothing D.everything( )10.A.one B.first C.two D.secondUnit 5 Do you want to watch a game show?第一课时Section A(1a--1c)【学习目标】能听、说、读、写、单词和短语: news, sitcom, don’t mind, can’t stand, soap opera, talk show, game show, sports show, talent show.2.能用英语简单表述关于电视节目的对话。3.掌握和运用下列语句: ---What do you think of ...? ---I love/don’t mind/can’t stand.... 【学习重难点】1.能说出相关活动的单词和短语。2.询问对某人或某事的看法,态度。【学法指导】查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。三.汉译英。 1.访谈节目_________________ 2.介意做..._______________ 3.不能忍受做..._____________ 4.想要做..._______________ 5.运动节目______________ 6.soap opera_______________ 7.才艺展示 ________________ 8.game show _________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:___________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:I don’t mind them. 翻译:__________________________________1.mind 作动词时,意为“留心,介意”等,后接名词/动词ing/从句,一般用于否定句,疑问句和条件句中。2.常见句型“Would you mind...?”==“Do you mind ...?”其后都接动词ing形式或if从句。(1)表示意同做某事时,常用“Not at all./No,I don’t./Certainly./Of course not./No,go ahead.”等;(2)若不同意做某事时,常用“I’m sorry,but.../I’m afraid.../I wish you wouldn’t.”等。试一试: ---Which one of these do you want? ----_________.Either will be OK. A.No problem B.I’m sure C.Come on D.I don’t mind探究二:stand是动词,意为“忍受,容忍”,常用于否定句,疑问句,强调不喜欢,常与can或could连用,后接名词/动词ing/to do 形式。试一试: ----What do you think of soap operas? ----_________.but my mother likes them. A.I like them B.I enjoy them C.I can’t stand them D.I don’t agree【检测互评】一.选择填空。( )1.---“________do you_________sitcoms?” ---“I love them.” A.How think of B.What, like of C. What, think of D.What, like( )2.My mother wants me ________.A. help her B.not help her C.not to watch TV D.to not watch TV( )3.Mickey is one of _________ in the world. A.famousest cartoon character B.the most famous cartoon characters B. famousest cartoon characters D. the most famous cartoon character( )4. I don’t like action movies. I think they’re ________. A.boring B.difficult C.interesting D.exciting( )5. He even ________ a Beijing Opera artist. A.want to be B.wants to be C.want is D.is want( )6.I don’t mind what _________. A .do you think of me B .do you think of me C. you think of me D. you like of me( )7.I don’t mind _____ the window. .It’s too cold. A, close B. closing C. to close D. closes( )8. -What do you think of game shows? -________ . They are very boring. A.I don’t mind them B.I don’t know them C.I love them D. I can’t stand them 用所给词的适当形式填空。Would you mind _______(open)the door?Let’s ________(play)basketball after class.I can’t stand _______(work)in an office.My father wants me ________ (work) harder.There ________ (be) a lot of news on TV.【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________我的不足:__________________________________________________________ Unit 5 Do you want to watch a game show?第二课时Section A(2a--2d) 【学习目标】能听、说、读、写、单词: educational, plan, hope, find out, discussion, happen, expect, one day, learn a lot, around the world, TV shows.2.能灵活用英语表述关于电视节目的对话。3.掌握和运用下列语句: (1)Do you plan to watch the news tonight? (2) I hope to find out what’s going on around the world. (3) I hope to be a TV reporter one day. (4)We had a discussion about TV shows. (5)You can expect to learn a lot from them.【学习重难点】1.能运用相关活动的单词和短语。2.能灵活运用本节课的重要句型。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。三.英汉互译。 1.TV shows_________________ 2.one day_______________ 3.期望做..._____________ 4.计划做..._______________ 5.制定一个计划______________ 6.希望做..._______________ 7.发现,查明 ________________ 8.全世界 _________________通过互助学习后,我疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:1. plan to do sth表示“计划,打算做某事”。 例如(1):We plan to build a new house here. (2)She plans to help me with my math this evening.注意:plan可作名词,意为“计划,规划,方案”等。常用结构:“make a plan for”,意为“为...制定计划”。 Make a plan to do sth意为制定计划去做某事。试一试: You’d better make a good plan_________(take) a vacation. 2. 辨析hope, wish (1)Hope常用短语hope to do sth和hope(that)... (2)Wish常用短语wish sb to do sthI hope so .(我希望是这样的)和I hope not.(我希望不是这样)常用于表示同意或者不同意对方的意见或观点等。注意:hope后不能跟复合宾语,即不能用hope sb to do sth.试一试: ----Bad weather!Do you think the rain will stop soon? -----___________.I want to play baseball outside. A.I hope so B.I don’t mind it C.No problem D.Not at all探究二:1.discussion是名词,意为“讨论,商量” 例如:The teacher took part in our discussion yesterday. 昨天老师参加了我们的讨论。 2.discuss作动词,意为“讨论”,其后可接名词,代词,或“疑问词 + to do”结构。常用结构:“discuss sth with sb”表示“与某人讨论某事”。 例如:Let’s discuss the problem. I’m discussing the question with my classmates.练一练 They had a ________(discuss)in class and made notes.(做笔记)探究三:辨析:happen,take placeHappen通常用于描述意外发生的事情,主语常是表示事件事故的名词或代词。常用结构:sth happen to sb ,表示“某事发生在某人身上”。Happen to do sth 意为“碰巧作某事”例如:What happened to you ?Take place表示“发生,举行”的意思时,常指某事是按意图或计划“发生”的,不含偶然的意味,其主语通常是表示运动,活动,会议等的名词。例如:The Olympic Games take place every four years.奥运会每四年举行一次。【检测互评】 一.根据句意及所给的首字母或汉语提示填空。1. —What do you t____________ of your English teacher? —We love her very much.2. I can’t s____________ soap operas. They’re boring.3. There is ____________ (没有什么) in the box but a ring.4. I don’t like sports shows. How a____________ you?二.单项选择。( )1.What _____ Maria think of Ann? A.does B.do C.is( )2.Henry doesn’t like the movie, I don’t _____. A.too B.either C.also( )3.--Do you enjoy _____ to classical music? --Yes, I do. A. listening B. listen C. listens( )4.--What do you _____ the ring?-I like the ring. A.think of B.like C.think【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________我的不足:__________________________________________________________Unit 5 Do you want to watch a game show?第三课时Section A(Grammar Focus--3c)【学习目标】能听、说、读、写、单词和短语:discussion, happen, expect, joke, learn from, expect to do sth, What do you think of...? Watch the news.2.熟练掌握句型:(1)What do you think of talk shows?(2)Why do you like watching the news?(3)What do you plan to watch on TV tonight?【学习重难点】 1.能灵活运用本节课的重要句型进行问答。 2.学会谈论自己的喜好。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.自学Grammar Focus后。小组朗读、理解并总结。【自学互助】一. 朗读本课时重点句型和学习目标,朗读2d 对话找出生词和难点并在文中标出来。二.阅读学习语法附录中关于复合不定代词的用法,然后试做3a 和3b.三.汉译英。1.我们开展了有关电视节目的大讨论。 We________ a ________ __________ the TV shows.2.我不能忍受体育节目。I _________ _________ the sports shows.3.他希望有一天能成为一名电视台记者。 He _________ _________ be a TV reporter one day.4.你觉得肥皂剧怎么样? What do you _________ _________ the soap opera?5.他计划今天晚上看什么电视节目? What TV show _________ he_________ to watch?四.通过互助学习后,我疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】朗读Grammar Focus,归纳总结,认真听、评。【质疑互究】探究一:expect意为“期望,希望,预料”,常用结构:expect to do sth 期望做某事或expect sb to do sth 期望某人做某事。例如:She expects me to go out with her.她期望我和她一起出去。试一试: Everyone expected us_________(win)the match,but we lost.探究二:joke 是名词,意为“笑话”,是可数名词。例如:I heard a funny joke this morning.固定搭配:tell a joke 讲笑话 have a joke with sb 和某人开玩笑 Play a joke on sb 开某人的玩笑试一试 : Don’t play a(n)_________on disabled(残疾)people.You shouldn’t laugh at them. A.smile B.idea C.joke D.jokes 探究三:单词want 的用法。 1. want +名词。 如: (1) “ 我想要我妈妈”这个男孩说。 “ I _______my _________" the boy said. (2) 我想要一些草莓。 ____________________________ 2. want ( sb ) + to do sth 如:( 1) 我想去看动作片。 I want __________see ____________ movie. ( 2) 他想去玩电脑。__________________________________【检测互评】一.单项选择。( ) 1. -- ______ do you like it? --- Very much. A. How B. What C. Why D. When( ) 2. --- What ____ she think of the book? ---- She loves it. A. do B. is C. was D. does( ) 3. I like soap operas, she likes ______, too. A. it B. they C. them D. the ones( ) 4. Do you mind _______ the windows? A. to open B. opens C. opening D. opened( ) 5. I don’t like Mr Bean. ______, I don’t like comedies. A. In fact B. I’m sorry C. Really D. Because( )6. ---______ going shopping this weekend? ---- That sounds great. A. Why don’t you B. Please C. Let’s D. What about二.用所给词的适当形式填空。1. They had a ______________ (discuss) in class.2. He expected _______________(finish) the work by March?3. I plan ______________(buy) this book, but I don't have enough money.7. Please ask the children _______ (not play ) in the street.8.I hope __________(hear)from you.【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________我的不足:__________________________________________________________Unit 5 Do you want to watch a game show?第四课时Section B(1a--1d) 【学习目标】复习形容词:educational, serious, wonderful, meaningless, enjoyable, exciting, relaxing, boring.2.能用形容词表达对某事的看法和态度。 3.掌握和运用下列句型:(1)John wants to watch talk shows because they’re enjoyable.(2)I like to watch action movies because they’re exciting.【学习重难点】 1.能熟练运用重要句型谈论日常生活习惯。 2.关于电视节目爱好的听说练习。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.看图说,仔细听,认真评。【自学互助】一.朗读本课时1a单词,仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。二.掌握并默写下列单词和短语: 喜剧_______________ 毫无意义的________________ 有意义的______________ 动画片_____________ 动作电影______________ 恐怖电影______________ 三.列举自己知道的电视节目,并用一个形容词描述. __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________四.通过互助学习后,我疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】比赛拼读单词,小组理解新句型,用心听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:1)meaningless是形容词,意为“没有意义的,意思不明确的。”它是由meaning加否定后缀less构成,类似的词有homeless(无家可归),careless(粗心的),helpless(无助的),hopeless(无望的)。例如:His words seemed to be meaningless.他的话似乎没有任何意义。2)Mean是动词,意思是“打算,意欲”后接名词/动词ing或从句。 Means作名词,意思是“方法,手段,工具”,单复数同形。例如:She is very sick,but that doesn’t mean she can’t make it 她的病情十分严重,但并不意为着不可战胜。.meaning是mean的名词形式,意为“意义,意思”。例如:I don’t know what is your meaning.试一试: I’m not sure about the ________(mean)of the word.You’d better look it up in a dictionary.探究二:act是动词,意为“表演”;actor是名词,意为“演员”;action是名词,意为“行动”。固定短语;action movies 动作片 take actions 采取行动,动手试一试: The river will become cleaner and cleaner if we take ________(act)to protect(保护)them.【检测互评】阅读理解(A)Host:Welcome to 8 o’clock Face to Face. Tonight we are talking to Linda, a 14-year-old girl. Welcome to the show, Linda.Linda:Thank you.Host:Do you like to watch TV?Linda:Yes, I like to watch TV very much.Host:What do you think of soap operas?Linda:Oh, I love them.Host:Me, too. And how about sports shows?Linda:I don’ mind them.Host:Really? And what do you think of sitcoms?Linda:I don’t like them.Host:And talk shows?Linda:That’s great! I like them.Host:And what do you think of the game shows?Linda:Oh, I can’t stand them. They’re so boring.Host:OK! That was interesting. Thanks for joining us.根据对话判断正(A)误(B)。( )1.Linda doesn’t like to watch TV.( )2.Linda likes soap operas very much.( )3.Linda doesn’t mind sitcoms.( )4.Linda also likes talk shows.( )5.Linda can’t stand game shows.【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________我的不足:__________________________________________________________ Unit 5 Do you want to watch a game show?第五课时Section B(2a - 4)【学习目标】1.学习掌握下列单词:cartoon,culture,famous,rich,successful,unlucky,lose,...2掌握和运用文中出现的重要词语、短语。3.可以询问对某人或某事的看法,态度,可以用不定式作宾语。4.可以读写关于喜好的文章。【学习重难点】1.培养阅读能力.2.掌握文章中的语法点及词组.【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时的新单词和短语并牢记。2.自学2b 课文,勾画出文中不能理解的短语和句子。【自学互助】一.阅读2b,勾画不懂的或者你认为难理解的词句,并做好标记。通读课文,二.仔细理解课文的意思,并可以仿照课文例句造句。三. 汉译英:乔装打扮___________________ 做得好______________________________一双,一副_________________ 愿意迅速做某事______________________代替,替代_________________ 出版;发表__________________________八十多年前_________________ 在二十世纪三十年代___________________像一个普通人_______________ 有两只大圆耳朵的黑色老鼠____________ 尽某人最大努力干某事_______________四.通过互助学习后,我疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】朗读读课文,认真听、评。【质疑互究】探究一:famous是形容词,意为“著名的,出名的”。例如:She is a famous actress.固定短语:(1).be famous for ==be well-known for意为“因...什么而著名”例如:He is famous for singing. China is famous for china,but turkey isn’t famous for turkey. 中国以瓷器而出名,但土耳其不是以火鸡而出名。.be famous as 意为“作为...而出门”,后接表示身份或职业的名词。例如:Luxun is famous as a writer.试一试: 翻译三亚因为它漂亮的沙滩而出名。_________________________________________探究二:rich是形容词,意为“富有的”,其反义词是poor,意为“贫穷的”。The rich相当于the rich people,表示“富人”,做主语时,谓语用复数。The poor相当于the poor people,表示“穷人”,做主语时,谓语用单数。试一试 The rich _________(be)not always happy.探究三:(1).successful是形容词,意为“获得成功的”,常用结构:be successful in ...表示在...方面成功。例如:He is successful in English..success用作不可数名词,意为“成功”;用作可数名词,意为“成功的人或物”。例如:Failure is the mother of success.失败是成功之母.succeed是动词,意为“成功”。常用结构:succeed in (doing) sth==be successful in (doing)sth==have success in (doing) sth例如:He succeeded in answering the question. ==He was successful in answering the question. ==He had success in answering the question.试一试: His father is famous as a ________(success)writer.【检测互评】一.单项选择。( )1.Mo Yan is famous_________a famous writer. A.for B.as C.in D.by( )2.He _________his daughter and went to the park. A.dressed B.put up C.wore D.put on( )3.I enjoy ________fishing,I think it’s __________. A.to go ,enjoyable B.going ,enjoy C.going,enjoyable D.to go,enjoy( )4.My sister _________to go to the concert with my mother. A.takes my place B.takes place C.take the place of D.take the place( )5.--I’m sorry.I______my homework at home. --OK,please hand it in tomorrow. A.lost B.left C.forget D.forgot二.句型转换。What do you think of the talk show?(同义句) ________ ________ _________ _________talk show?He doesn’t mind Beijing opera.(对划线部分提问) ________ ________he ________ _________Beijing opera?3.He wants to watch a game show .(对画线部分提问) ________ _______he want ________ ________ ?4.You can’t play soccer in the hallways.(改为祈使句) ________ _________soccer in the hallways.【总结提升】我的收获:__________________________________________________________我的不足:__________________________________________________________ Unit 5 Do you want to watch a game show?第六课时 Self check一、选择填空.( )1. I don’t know when________. A. start B. to start C.starting D.started( )2. Our teacher often asks us ________questions in groups. A. discuss B. to discuss C. discussing D. discussed( )3.My parents wish me _________a teacher. A.am B. to be C.will be D. be ( )4.I find it not difficult _________ English well. A.learning B.learn C.to learn D.learned( )5.---It’s too hot.Would you mind my________the window. ---_______.Do it as you like,please. A.to open,OK B.opening,Certain not C.open,Of course D.open,Good idea( )6.Linda bought a large house________a swimming pool. A.in B. On C.form D. with( )7.----What about ______a rest? ----OK.Let’s go out and have a walk A.took B. to take C. taking D.take( )8.Han Han is a popular writer.His new book will_______this September. A.come up B.come in C.come out D.come on( )9.---Can I join the club? ----If you ______10,you can. A.for B. on C.from D.over( )10.The TV show is terrible.I ________it. A.can’t stand B.love C.don’t mind D. like( )11.Xi Jinping is famous ________chairman of China now. A. for B. as C. in D.to( )12. She expect _______the film Tiny Times directed by Guo Jinming. A.see B. to see C. seeing D. to seeing( )13.When I _______through the station,I saw the accident ________. A.pass,happening B.passed,happened C.pass,to happen D.passed,happen( )14.Does your sister enjoy________music? A.listening to B.listening C.to listen D. to listen to( )15.----Could you give me a hand? -----Sure.What would you like me _________? A.do B. to do C. doing D. Does二. 阅读理解。 Helen's eyes are not good, so she usually wears glasses. But when she goes out with a young man, she doesn't wear her glasses. When she comes back home, she begins to wear her glasses again. One day her mother asks her," But Helen, why don't you wear your glasses when you are with Jim? He takes you to many beautiful places in his car, but you don't see anything." "Yes, mother," says Helen, "but I look nice to Jim when I am not wearing my glasses, and he looks nice to me, too."( )41. Why does Helen usually wear glasses?Because her eyes are good. B. Because her eyes are bad. C. Because she looks nice when she wears glasses. D. Because she wants to wear glasses.( ) 42. Does the young man often take her to beautiful places?A. Yes, he does. B. No, he doesn't. C. Yes, he doesn't. D.No, he does.( )43.Does Helen wear glasses at home?A. Yes, she does. B. No, she doesn't C. Sometimes D. Never.( )44. What does she usually do when she is with the young man?A. She often goes to the cinema. B. She doesn't wear glasses. C. She wears glasses. D. She is often at home.( )45. Why doesn't Helen wear glasses when she is with Jim? She doesn't like glasses. B. Her eyes are good. C. The young man doesn't like the girls with glasses. D. She can look nice to Jim. Jim also can look nice to her.五、书面表达。写出你所喜欢的一部电影,并对此片做一些介绍及发表自己的评论。________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Unit 6 I’m going to study computer science.第一课时Section A(1a--1c)【学习目标】能听、说、读、写、单词: grow up, computer programmer, cook, doctor, engineer, violinist, driver, pilot, pianist, scientist. 2.正确使用when 引导的时间状语从句,并能用be going to 结构对将来的事做出计划和打算。 3.掌握和运用下列语句: A: What do you want to be when you grow up ? B: I want to be a computer programmer. A: How are you going to do that ? B: I’m going to study computer science.【学习重难点】1.识记本课时的重要单词及短语。2.能听懂用be going to结构谈论自己及他人理想职业的对话,并能用这种结构进行相关话题的会话。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时的新单词及短语。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。三.1. 你熟悉下列人物吗?通过学习,试着写出他们职业的英文表达方式。 Yang Liwei:_____________ Jackie Chen:______________ Jay Chou: _____________ Yao Ming: ______________2.你知道更多的关于职业的英文表达吗?查资料写下来与同伴分享吧。 (可参考41页的1a) ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ 3.在这些职业中, 选出你长大后想从事的职业,模仿下列对话简单谈论一下。 A: What do you want to be when you grow up ? B: I want to be …. A: How are you going to do that? B: I’m going to…四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一: I’m going to study computer science.仔细观察,他们都含有那种结构?这种结构表达什么含义。 “be going to+______”表示_________________________________________________试一试: 翻译下面句子:1)当你长大后你打算成为什么? 2)我打算成为一名演员。 ____________________________________________________________________________探究二:What do you want to be when you grow up?1).本句中的want to be表示“想成为”,be相当于become.2).grow up 意为“长大”。3).本句式When引导的时间状语从句。在含有时间状语从句的复合句中,当主句是一般将来时或者祈使句时,从句常用一般现在时表将来。例如:We are going to see a film when we are free。我们有空打算去看电影。 (主句) (表时间的状语从句) 一般将来时 一般现在时表示将来I will give the letter to Ted when I see him next week。 (主句) (从句)一般将来时 一般现在时表示将来When you arrive in Shanghai,please call me. (从句) (主句)一般现在时表示将来 祈使句注意:主句和从句的位置可以交换,当从句在前时,从句和主句之间用逗号隔开。试一试: When she _______(get)to Chengdu,I’ll call you at first.【检测互评】 单项选择 ( )1.--What’s your brother going to______when he________up? --A soldier. A. do; grow B have ; grows C. be ; grows D . play ; grow( )2. Her father is an ____________in a big factory. A. star B. engineer C. worker D. player( )3. --__________ are you going to be a pianist in the future ? --I’m going to practice playing the piano every day. A. What B .When C. How D. Why( )4.There an art exhibition this Sunday. A. have B. is going to have C. is going to be D. is going to hold( )5.He is going to to New York with his parents. A. take B. move C. bring D. Stay【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 6 I’m going to study computer science.第二课时Section A(2a--2d)【学习目标】能灵活运用下列单词和短语: grow up, computer programmer, cook, doctor, engineer, violinist, driver, pilot, pianist, scientist,be sure about, make sure. 2.能熟练使用when 引导的时间状语从句,并能用be going to 结构对将来的事做出计划。 3.掌握和运用下列语句: (1)I know why you’re so good at writing stories. (2)How are you going to become a writer. (3)I’m going to keep on writing stories. (4)Just make sure you try your best. (5)A:What does Cheng Han want to be? B:He wants to be…【学习重难点】1.能灵活运用be going to结构谈论自己及他人理想职业的对话,并能熟练使用这种结 构进行相关话题的会话。2.互助学习,练习对话。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时的新单词及短语。2.自读对话2d,把握大意,划出不懂之处并小组合作解决。【自学互助】一.回忆并写出我们学过的关于职业的英文表达: _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________二.朗读本课时重点句型和学习目标,朗读2d 对话找出生词和难点并在文中标出来。三.汉译英。 继续做某事____________________ 尽某人最大努力做某事_________________ 确信 _________________________ 确保,查明___________________________ 想要成为 _____________________ 擅长写故事___________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:keep on doing sth表示经过一段时间后“继续做同一件事”。 还暗指不顾困难,反对,坚持做某事。例如:They kept on working on the farm,though it was raining. 虽然天正在下雨,他们还是继续在农场干活。Keep还可以作连系动词,后接形容词。也可以作“借,保持”讲。固定搭配:1). keep doing sth 表示“ 继续(不断)做某事”例如:He kept talking unit the meeting was over. 他一直说话直到会议结束。 2).keep sb doing sth 表示“使某人一直干某事”例如:Don’t keep him waiting for too long . 别让他等太久。试一试:: I’m angry with him for keeping me ________(wait) for two hours.探究二: 1).be sure about 意为“确信,对...有把握”。相当于be sure of例如:I am sure about the English test.他对英语测试很有把握。 2).be sure to do sth 意为“一定会做某事”。例如:He is sure to do the work well.他一定会做好这份工作。 3).make sure 意为“务必,确保,确信”。常用结构:make sure + 从句 / make sure to do sth / make sure of sth例如:Make sure you get to school at 7:00.你务必在七点到校。 Make sure to turn off the light before you leave.离开前务必关灯。试一试: You need to take notes at the meeting so make sure ______(bring)a pen and some paper with you.【检测互评】句型转换1. He is going to take guitar lessons every day(改为一般疑问句) he going to guitar lessons every day ?2. Mom is going to do some shopping this afternoon(对划线部分提问) is Mom going to this afternoon?3. I want to be a pilot when I grow up.(改为同义句) I a pilot when I grow up4. They are going to move a new city called Donghai.(改为否定句) They to move a new city called Donghai.5 .My sister is going to be an actress when she grows up . (对划线部分提问) _________ is your sister going to when she grows up? 【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 6 I’m going to study computer science.第三课时Section A(Grammar Focus—3c)【学习目标】熟练掌握以下词汇 : be sure about, make sure, college, education, university, article, send掌握并能正确使用本课时的重点短语和结构: want to do sth, be going to do sth, be good at, keep on doing sth, make sure, try one’s best to do sth.【学习重难点】 1.能读懂用be going to结构谈论理想职业以及为实现理想所做出计划的文章,并能用这种结构谈论自己的理想职业。2.互助学习,练习句型结构。【学法指导】1.朗读Grammar Focus的句子,理解并归纳总结。2.互助学习,练习句型结构。【自学互助】一.自主朗读本课时单词仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。二.阅读学习语法附录中关于be going to的用法,然后试做3a 和3b.三.英汉互译。 一名演员____________________ study medicine______________ 上表演课____________________ an engineer_________________ 买辆跑车____________________ want to be__________________ 把...寄给...________________ grow up_____________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:辨析 every day ,everyday(1)Every day 为副词短语,意为“每天”多用于句末作状语;(2)everyday是形容词,意为“每天的,日常的”,常位于名词前作定语,用来修饰名词。例如:I read everyday English every day.我每天读日常英语。试一试: 选词填空Reading is our ___________(everyday every day)homework.探究二:send作动词,意思是“邮寄,发送”。常用结构:send sth to sb,相当于send sb sth试一试:翻译 我讲寄给你一本书 _____________________________________________ ==______________________________________________固定搭配:send sb to do sth 派某人去做某事 send for 派人去请 send away 开除,解雇,撵走 send up 发射【检测互评】 一.单项选择。 ( )1.—-What do they want to do to________so much money? ---They want to travel around the world. A.give B.save C.cost D.cut( )2.----Where are you going for vacation ? ----_________. I don’t like cold weather. A.Somewhere warm B.Something warm C.somewhere cold D.Something cold( )3.---What are you going to do this evening ? ---I’m not sure ______. Maybe watch TV or go to the movies. A.Just B.ever C.yet D.never( )4. The boy wants to be a(n) . He studies math really hard. A.writer B.cleaner C.engineer D.artist( )5.— My New Year’s resolution is to travel to Qingdao. — . A.That sounds great B.Sorry to hear that C.Sure D.I’d love to( )6.—Is she going to be actor? —Yes. She is taking lesson on weekends now. A.a, actor B.an, actor C.an, acting D.a, action二. 完成句子。 1. 你长大后想成为什么? What do you _____ ______ be when you _____ _____?李明善于写故事。 Li Ming is _____ _____ _____ _____ stories.我打算坚持写作。 I’m going to _____ _____ writing stories.我父母想让我成为一名演员。 My parents _____ me _____ be an actor.我打算尽我的最大努力帮助他。 I’m going to _____ _____ _____ _____ help him.【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 6 I’m going to study computer science.第四课时Section B(1a - 1e)【学习目标】1.口、笔头掌握以下句型: --What are you going to do next year? --Well, I’m going to take guitar lessons.2. 熟练掌握以下词汇: resolution, team, foreign3. 进一步熟练掌握be going to结构的用法。【学习重难点】 能听懂用be going to结构谈论未来打算的对话,并能用该结构谈论未来的打算。【学法指导】1.自读短语并查出汉语意思。2.小组合作,展示重点短语。【自学互助】一、预习44页的1a,根据图片和文字信息,New Year’s resolutions的汉语意思是 。把图片和相应的New Year’s resolutions搭配好,大声朗读这些短语,同伴互相正音。二、你是个有目标的人吗?有目标才会有动力,请为自己设计近期和远期的奋斗目标吧! Next week,____________________________________________________________ Next term,____________________________________________________________Next year,____________________________________________________________学三、翻译下列短语。会弹奏钢琴_______________组建足球队__________________取得好成绩_____________吃更健康的食___________进行大量锻炼____________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】用1a,1b 的信息描述自己的计划、打算。【质疑互究】探究一:make a soccer team意为“组建足球队”, team是名词。意为“队,组”常用结构:on a team 意为“参加...队”例如:I am on the school team.我是校队中的一员。试一试: I am interested_________sports.I often play soccer and I am _________A soccer team. A.in ,in B.in ,on C.at ,in D.at ,on探究二:foreign是形容词,意为“外国的”。 Foreigner是名词,意为“外国人”试一试: (1)I have been to _________(foreign)countries. (2)Many _________(foreign)will come to our school next week.【检测互评】一、选择填空。( )1.—How are you going to be ? —I’m going to practice basketball every day. A.a basketball player B.a teacher C.a pianist D.a pilot( )2.— does he want to be when he ? —He wants to be a computer programmer. A. What, grows up B. How, grows up C. What, grow up D. How, grow up( )6.—Where is Linda? — She may be at home. But I’m not sure it. A. at B. about C. with D. in( )8. — are you going to visit your uncle?— Next week. A. Where B. Who C. Why D. When( )9. My grandfather me a postcard from New York last week. A. gave B. sent C. passed D. borrowed二、根据句意和首字母提示填空。1. It’s important for a student to learn a f_________ language well.2. All the students should make their New Year’s r_________at the beginning of the year.3. Tom is on the school football t________.4. Tom’s family isn’t r . But he believes he can make much money by himself in the future.5.You don’t have to w________about your son.He is very well.6.Take the m________three times a day.7.Can you write some a_________for the magazine.8.The children g________so quickly.三、用单词的适当形式填空。1. Next year, I’m going to learn __________(play) the guitar.2. I want ___________(write) for international magazines when I am older.3. She is going to ________ (eat)healthier food than before.4. She is practicing_________(ride)a bicycle.5. What’s the _____________(mean) of this word?6.The children keep on ________(talk)unit the teacher comes into the classroom7.I am not sure ________(do )well in the work.【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 6 I’m going to study computer science.第五课时Section B(2a - 4)【学习目标】1. 口头、笔头掌握以下句型:Most of the time, we make promises to other people.Some people write down their resolutions and plans for the coming year.Most resolutions have one thing in common.For this reason, some people say the best resolution is to have no resolutions!熟练掌握以下词汇:be able to, question, meaning, discuss, promise, beginning, improve, write down, physical, themselves, self-improvement, hobby, weekly, schoolwork, agree 掌握并能正确使用本课时的重点短语:have to do with, make promises, have…in common, write down, for this reason, take up【学习重难点】1.培养阅读能力。2.掌握文章中的语法点及词组。3. 能读懂难度相当的用be going to结构描述未来打算的短文,并能用这种结构写出未来打算。【学法指导】1.自主朗读本课时单词仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。2.自学课文2b,勾画出文中不能理解的短语和句子。【自学互助】一.朗读本课时重点词语,找出生词和难点并在文中标出来。二.仔细理解课文的意思,并可以仿照课文例句造句。三.翻译下列短语。a kind of_____________________ make promises_______________________ get back from________________ at the beginning of_________________write down___________________ some…others…______________________have to do with…____________ take up_____________________________ have…in common______________ hardly ever_________________________ too…to…____________________ for this reason_____________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】朗读课文,认真听、评。【质疑互究】探究一: promise既可以作名词,也可以作动词,意为“承诺,诺言”。常用结构:make a promise to sb 意为“对某人许诺” Promise sb to do sth 意为“承诺某人做某事”。例如:I want you to make a promise to me .我想要你对我做出承诺。 She promised me to try her best to help him.她向我保证尽最大努力去帮他。试一试: He promised _______his old friend in Tianjin. A.see B.seeing C.saw D.to see探究二:辨析 at the beginning of,at the beginning,in the beginningAt the beginning of 意为“在....之初”其后通常接表示时间,事件或其他意义的名词,其反义词组是at the end of.例如:At the beginning of July,we are going to Shanghai.七月初,我们要去上海。At the beginning和in the beginning 都可表示“起初”两者可以互换。例如:Everything is hard at the beginning.万事开头难。试一试:翻译 上学期开始,我发现学英语很难。________________________________________【检测互评】一、用所给词的适当形式填空。1. I don’t know what ____________(do) next.2. My first resolution is about ____________(improve) my physical health.3. This is my _____________(person)opinion. I hope you can think it over.4. Listening to music can make us __________(feel) happy.5. John is going to work____________(hard) than before.6. I am going to ___________ (be) a doctor when I grow up.7. Jack plays the violin very well. He must be a (violin) when he grows up. 8. The (begin) of the meeting is a video about animals.二,句型转换。1. He is going to go to a cooking school. (对划线部分提问) _______ is he going to ? My father wants to be a pilot. (写出一般疑问句) _______ your father to be a pilot?3. It’s a good time to make resolutions at the beginning of the year.(写出同义句) The of the year is a good time for resolutions.4. Will you make a model plane for her? (写出同义句) _______ you to make a model plane for her?5. The resolution is so hard that he can’t keep it. (写出同义句) The resolution is hard for him keep.【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 6 I’m going to study computer science.第六课时 Self check一. 单项选择.( )1. This is an important problem. Please . A.write it down B.write down it C.write it in D.write in it( )2. —What is a resolution?—It’s . A.a promise B.an action C.a message D.a letter( )3. the beginning of the term, my mother bought me a new schoolbag. A.With B.On C.at D.By( )4.His resolution the life in the next year. A.has to do with B.is good at C.is next to D.cross from( )5. You are coughing! You should take some . A.medicine B.meat C.hamburgers D.juice( )6. I want to go to the movie tonight. But my parents don’t agree me. A.with B.on C.at D.in( )7. —What’s your ?— I like swimming. A.hobby B.name C.age D.habit二. 完形填空.Kate’s brother Danny 1 some New Year’s resolutions this year. 2 , he is going to learn 3 the guitar. She is going to take the guitar lessons 4 practice every day. Next he wants to get good 5 . He is going to study 6 and he is going to do all his homework 7 he watches TV. Finally, he wants to learn 8 new language. He is going to buy some 9 CDs and practice 10 at home every morning. ( ) 1. A. made B. make C. is make D. making( ) 2. A. First B. Second C. Third D. Last( ) 3. A. play B. playing C. to play D. plays( ) 4. A. but B. or C. then D. and( ) 5. A. lesson B. class C. grades D. record( ) 6. A. harder B. worse C. more beautiful D. cooler( ) 7. A. when B. as C. if D. before( ) 8. A. an B. a C. the D. /( ) 9. A. Japan B. Japanese C. China D. America( ) 10. A. they B. their C. them D. theirs三. 阅读理解.Young people have many dreams. Here are Lei Ping and her friends’ dreams. Lei Ping is going to be an actor. She likes acting. She thinks the actors are well-known and they can make lots of money. She is going to take acting lessons. Her friend Yong likes writing. He is going to write articles for the magazines when he grows up. He thinks reading more is good for writing. So he often reads books in the library now. The other friend Li is going to be a teacher. She thinks children are lovely and in the long vacation she can do what she wants to do. ( )1.Lei Ping’s dream is to be a(n) . A. actor B. pilot C. bank clerk D. reader( )2.What does Lei Ping think of the job of actor? A. The actors are well-know. B. The actors can travel anywhere. C. She doesn’t like actors. D. She thinks they are tired.( )3.How is Yong going to achieve his dream? A. He is doing more exercise every day. B. He is writing articles for the magazines. C. He is reading books in the library. D. He is taking writing lessons after school.( )4. Li is Lei Ping’s . A. reader B. cousin C. sister D. friend( )5. These ideas of the young are . A. interesting B. not fit them C. not to be true D. wrong六.书面表达. 你的理想是什么?为什么选择这样的理想?你打算怎样去实现它?请以“My Dream”为题,写一篇60词左右的短文。 ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Unit 7 Will people have robots?第一课时Section A(1a--1c)【学习目标】1.熟练掌握词汇:future,environment,planet,building,play a part,world peace 2.熟练掌握以下句型:(1)In the future,there will be... (2)A:Will there be... ? B:Yes,I hope so. 3.学习一般将来时态的相关知识,学会对未来进行预测。【学习重难点】 1.more,less,fewer的用法。2.there be 句式的一般将来时态there will be…【学法指导】1.学习一般将来时态的相关知识,学会对未来进行预测。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。三.翻译下列句子。 1.你认为人们家里将会出现机器人吗?________________________________ 2.孩子们将会去学校上学吗?________________________________________ 3.他们将在自己家里通过电脑学习。__________________________________ 4.人们将可以活到200岁。__________________________________________ 5.一切都将免费。__________________________________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:一般将来时表示将来某个时间将要发生的动作或存在的状态,也表示将来经常或反复发生的动作,常与表示将来的时间状语,如tomorrow, next week, next month, in 100 years等连用。 由“助动词will+动词原形”构成,will在代词后常简写为’ll, 否定句在will后加not,will not常简写为won’t。在疑问句中,主语为第一人称(I和we)时,常用助动词shall。 2)由“be going to+动词原形”构成,表示将要发生的事或打算、计划、决定要做的事情。 What are you going to do tomorrow? 你明天打算做什么? 3). There be 句型的一般将来时结构为There will be ....试一试: 1.Kids will come back to school tomorrow. Kids _________come back to school tomorrow.(改为否定句) _______ _______ come back to school tomorrow?(改为一般疑问句) Yes,_______ _______./ No,_______ _______.(作肯定及否定回答)2.There will be a heavy rain tomorrow. _______ _______ be a heavy rain tomorrow. (改为否定句) _______ _______ _____ a heavy rain tomorrow? (改为一般疑问句) Yes,_______ _______./ No,_______ _______.(作肯定及否定回答) 探究二:in 100 years的汉语意思为“在100年之后”,常用于一般将来时态时态。多少年之后还可以用after +时间段表示,但一般用于过去时态。after 和in 都有“在...之后”的意思。试一试: He ________ ________(find) a pleasant job in ten years. He ________ ________(come) back to China after ten years. 【检测互评】 一.用所给词的适当形式填空. In five years, I ________(be) able to ________(go) to college.In ten years,she ________(be)a doctor.Now she________(be)a student.People _________(fly) rockets to the moon for vacations one day.4.Linda __________(study) in a language school three years ago.She _______(become) an English teacher in two years. 二.选择填空( ) 1.There _____ a sports meeting next week. A. is B. are C. will have D. will be ( ) 2.Five years ago, Sally _____ soccer, but today she _____ soccer. She ____ basketball in five years. A. played, doesn’t play, will play B. played, didn’t play, will play C. plays, won’t play, will play D. played, doesn’t play, play三. 按要求完成句子,每空一词。1. There will be a sports meeting this weekend. (改为同义句) There ________ ________ ________ be a sports meeting this weekend.2. Will the flowers come out soon? (作肯定回答) _________, _________ _________. 3. We'll go out for a walk with you. (改为否定句) We _________ _________ out for a walk with you. 4. Changsha will have a fine day. (改为一般疑问句) _________ Changsha _________ a fine day? 【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________ Unit 7 Will people have robots?第二课时Section A(2a--2d)【学习目标】1.能熟练掌握并灵活运用下列单词和短语:in the future,prediction, environment,pollution, planet,play a part,world peace,future,planet. 2.学习一般将来时态的相关知识,学会对未来进行预测。3.熟练掌握以下句型:(1) What’s your prediction about the future?(2) I think there will be fewer trees.(3) Everyone should play a part in saving the earth.【学习重难点】 1.more,less,fewer的用法。2.there be 句式的一般将来时态there will be【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时的新单词及短语。2.自读对话2d,把握大意,划出不懂之处并小组合作解决。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。三.英汉互译。in great danger_________________ play a part_____________________live on the earth_______________save the earth__________________将会有更少的人。__________________________________________________ 将会有更少的空闲时间。____________________________________________ 将会有更多的污染。_______________________________________________ 四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:根据2a所圈内容,请你来总结一下:(1).fewer译为______,是______的比较级,修饰___________(复数/不可数) 名词。(2).less译为_______,是______的比较级,修饰___________(复数/不可数)名词。(3). more译为_______,是_______或______的比较级,修饰________(复数/不可数)名词试一试: 用more/fewer/less练习填空。(1).We are thirsty. We have _________ water to drink.(2).Don’t be so rude。Or you will have ________ friends.(3).Don’t worry. We’ll give you _________ advice.(建议)(4).I’m healthy, because I eat _________ vegetables every day.探究二:danger 名词,意为“危险;威胁”。 in danger“处于危险之中”,其反义词为out of danger,意为“脱离危险”.例如:The boy’s life was in danger yesterday,but now he is out of danger.拓展:danger的形容词形式为dangerous,意为“危险的”。练一练: 翻译 我们应该保护处于危险中的动物。 ______________________________________________探究三:play a part in 参与(某事),后接名词,代词,动词ing.例如:Everyone played a part in the activity yesterday.试一试: 填空As a student ,you’d better play a part in _______(join)the activity in the club.【检测互评】 一.用所给词的适当形式填空. 1. There (be) fewer cars in 100 years.2. She (be not) 20 next month.3. the Browns (go) to Shanghai for vacation? – Yes, they will. 4 There will be (few) birds in the future than now.Kids (study) at home on computers in 100 years.Many people in our village _______a lot of tall _________ last year. ( build)7. There will be ________(little) pollution in the future. 二.选择填空 ( )1.We’ll try our best to do the work with _____ money and _____ people. A. few, little B. a few, a little C. less , fewer D. fewer, less( ) 2.The city will have _____ trees and _____ pollution. A. more, lot B. less, fewer C. more , less D. less, less ( ) 3. —Will people live to be 300 years old? —_________. A. No, they aren't B. No, they won't C. No, they don't D. No, they can't( ) 4. There will be ____ cars and ____ pollution twenty years later. A. many, few B. little, few C. less, more D. fewer, less( ) 5. I think people here are friendly. Do you agree _________ me? A. with B. to C. on D. from ( ) 6. —Where is Miss Wang? —She went to Hainan Island last week and will return _________ six days. A. ago B. later C. behind D. in 【总结提升】我的收获:________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 7 Will people have robots?第三课时Section A(Grammar Focus—3c)【学习目标】1.熟练掌握词汇:future,environment,planet,building,play a part,world peace2. 熟练掌握以下句型(1)In the future,there will be...(2)A:Will there be... ? B:Yes,I hope so.【学习重难点】1.一般现在时和一般将来时的运用。2. more,less,fewer的用法。3.能运用本节课的重要句型进行问答。【学法指导】1.朗读Grammar Focus的句子,理解并归纳总结。2.互助学习,练习句型结构。【自学互助】一.自主朗读本课时单词仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆:二.朗读本课时重点句型和学习目标,朗读2d 对话找出生词和难点并在文中标出来。三.阅读学习语法聚焦,然后试做3a 和3b.四.翻译下列短语。 参与_________________ 活到...岁________________ 世界和平 ____________ 在地球上_________________ 免费的_______________ 在极度危险中_____________ 在将来_______________ 搬往某地_________________ 拯救地球_____________ 在农村 __________________ 做和人类相同的工作___________________________________五.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一: pollution意为“污染;污染物”,为不可数名词。例如:. air pollution 空气污染 noise pollution 噪音污染 拓展:pollution的动词形式为pollute,意为“污染”,其过去式为polluted,现在分词形式为polluting。试一试: The river is too dirty because of the ________(pollute).探究二: future 名词,意为“将来,未来”。拓展:in the future将来,未来 (指将来的某一段时间) in future ==from now on以后;今后(指全部将来)试一试: 翻译 以后,我要努力学习,将来,我要当一名电脑程序师。___________________________________________________________________________ 探究三:辨析:on the earth 和 on earth1.on the earth 意为“在地球上”2.on earth 作“到底;究竟”讲时,常放在what,when 等疑问词之后,以加强问句的语气;作“当今;世界上”讲时,用于最高级之后,加强语气;作“一点儿也不”讲时,用于否定词之后,加强否定的语气。例如:What on earth do you mean? 你究竟是什么意思?He said:“ I’m the happiest man on earth.”他说:“我是世界上最幸福的人。”It’s no use on earth.这一点儿也没有用。L 【检测互评】一.用there be 或者 have的适当形式填空。 1. an English speech contest tomorrow. 2. no schools in this village 20 years ago. 3.She a car and a house in 10 years. But now she nothing because she no money. 4. some students and a teacher in the classroom. 5.They a lot of housework to do every day.二.用适当的介词填空。 1. ___________ten years, I think I’ll be a reporter. 2. I’ll live _________ Shanghai. 3. ___________ a reporter, I think I will meet lots of people. 4. ___________ the week, I go to school and have many classes. 5. ___________the weekends, I usually stay at home.三.单项选择。( )1. Five years ago, Li Mei ______ soccer. A. plays B. played C. will play( )2. _____ more buildings in our school in the future. A. There are B. There were C. There will be( )3. Her grandmother lived______103 years old. A. to B. be C. to be( )4.—______will Mary’s cousin come back from Shanghai? —In a week. A. How long B. How often C. How soon( )5. Usually Mike spends __________ time doing homework than Jack. A. little B. fewer C. Less【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________ Unit 7 Will people have robots?第四课时Section B (1a - 1e)【学习目标】1.熟练掌握以下词汇:astronaut, rocket, space, space station, fly, took, moon,take the train2.熟练掌握以下句型:(1) A:What do you think your life will be like in ten years? B: I think I’ll be an astronaut.(2) A: Where will you live? B: I’ll live on a space station.(3) I’ll fly rockets on the moon.(4) Maybe there will be flights to other planets.【学习重难点】 巩固will表示的一般将来时态【学法指导】1.自读短语并查出汉语意思。2.小组合作,互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一、收集有关职业和交通工具的名词。Job:_________________________________________________________________Transportation:________________________________________________________二、根据自己的实际情况完成下列表格。三、汉译英。 宇航员/航天员_____________ 飞行__________(过去式:_____________) 太空/空间_______________ 火箭_________ 月亮/月球_______________ 在太空站________________ 飞往…________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:1.小组复习总结一般将来时态的结构以及各种句式。探究二:2.比较一般过去时态,一般现在时态和一般将来时态的区别。讨论并总结:(1) 谈论他人上班或上学的交通方式应该用什么句型?请用三种时态形式表示出来。一般过去时:--_______ _______you get to school? --I ________(take)the train to school.一般现在时:--_________ _________you get to work? --I_________(get)to work by bike.一般将来时:--_________ _________you get to work? --I_________(fly)to work.(2)谈论他人居住地点应该用什么句型?请用三种时态形式表示出来。一般过去时:--_________ _________you _________? --I_________(live) in an apartment.一般现在时:--_________ _________ you _________? --I _________(live)in a house.一般将来时: --_________ _________you _________? --I_________(live)on a space station.(3)表示自己现在的职业用:I_______ a/an…预测自己将来的职业用:I______ ______a/an…(4)请仔细观察下面的两个句子有什么不同。①What will your life be like in ten years?②What do you think your life will be like in the years?在插入do you think之后,疑问句出现什么变化? ________________________________试一试:汉译英。① 你认为她什么时候会来? _________do you think _________ _________ _________?② 一百年后世界会是什么样?_________do you think the world _________ _________ _________ _________100 years?【检测互评】一.根据句意及首字母提示完成单词1. China will build our own s station. 2. Zhai Zhigang is an excellent a .3. People will visit other planets by r . 4. Tomorrow I will f to Beijing and have a meeting.5. The m goes round the earth.二.用所给词的适当形式填空He___________(live)in Weihai two years ago. 2. There__________(be) an English test next Wednesday.3. There are many beautiful__________(build) in Harbin. 4. I__________(work) near here. 5. He swimming in the river every day in summer. (go)6. “ When you the car ?” (buy) “ In 1998 . ” 7. Mary’s birthday is next Monday, Her mother ___________(give)her a present.8. They all _________(go) to the mountains yesterday morning. 【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 7 Will people have robots?第五课时Section B (2a - 4)【学习目标】1.熟练掌握以下词汇: scientist, already, made, factory, simple, human, shape, snake, possible, seem, impossible, housework, hundreds of , be able to,over and over again,fall down,look for,for example,look like,wake up ,bored,such2.熟练掌握以下句型: (1) He thinks that it will be difficult for a robot to do the same things as a person. (2)They think that robots will even be able to talk to people in 25 to 50 years. (3)Some will look like humans, and others might look like animals.【学习重难点】1.培养阅读能力.2.掌握文章中的语法点及词组.3.学会使用will来作预测【学法指导】1.自主朗读本课时单词仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。2.自学课文2b,勾画出文中不能理解的短语和句子。【自学互助】一.阅读课文,勾画不懂的或者你认为难理解的词句,并做好标记。通读课文,二.仔细理解课文的意思,并可以仿照课文例句造句。三.英汉互译。unpleasant(反义词)_______________ made(原形) ________________ seem possible get bored__________________human(复数)______________________ 看起来像___________________ 一再;反复 the same as________________醒来;唤醒_______________________ 寻找_______________________ 四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】朗读课文,认真听、评。【质疑互究】探究一:观察与思考 However, they agree it may take hundreds of years. hundreds of 意思为____________,后跟___________名词复数。当hundred 表示具体数量时,不可以+s,也不可以和of 连用。例如:400___________。试一试:There are __________books in our school library. A.hundred of B.hundreds of C.nine hundreds D.nine hundreds of 探究二:He thinks that it will be difficult( for a robot) to do the same things as a person. It’s easy for a child to wake up and know where they are. It is +形容词+(for sb. +)to do sth. 意思为_________________________试一试:汉译英。① 学好英语对我而言很难。_______is difficult for me ________ ________English well.② 按时到校对我而言很容易。______is easy for me _______ _______to school on time.探究三:For example,there are already robots working in factories. There be sb. /sth. +doing sth. 意思为_____________________________练一练:Listen! There is a girl ________(sing)in the next room. There are some boys _________(swim) in the swimming pool.5.possible 是形容词,意为“可能存在或发生的,可能的”。反义词为impossible常用结构:as …… as possible 尽可能地,……例如: as soon as possible 尽可能快(指时间) as fast as possible 尽可能快(指速度) as quickly as possible 尽可能快(指动作)【检测互评】一.根据汉语提示完成句子。1. No one knows what will happen ___________the ____________(在将来).2. These things were invented __________ __________(数百)years ago.3. When I work for a long time, I’ll _________ _________(感到厌倦).4. When she was 20, her dream to be a singer __________ __________(实现).三.从方框中选择合适的句子将下列对话补充完整。(10分)Tony and Jack are talking about the life in ten years. Tony: What will you be in ten years? Jack: (1) ________ Tony: Why? Jack: Because I like selling things to people, and I want to get much money. Tony: (2) ________ A:Where will you live?B: I will visit lots of places of interest.C:Yes,I will.D:I will be a businessman.E:Will you live with your parents?Jack: I’ll live in Hangzhou.I went to Hangzhouthree years ago and fell in love with it. Tony: (3) ________ Jack: Yes, I like living with my parents. I will buy a big apartment for my family. Tony: Will you have pets?Jack:(4)______I will have two dogs in ten years. Tony: Where will you go on vacation? Jack: (5) ________ 1._______ 2.______ 3.________ 4._______ 5._______【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________ Unit 7 Will people have robots? 第六课时 Self check一.根据句意和首字母提示,补全下列单词。1.I think every home will have a r_________ to help them do housework .2.The cities will be more polluted and the e___________ will be in great danger.3.In the f___________,there will be more fresh water.4.I live in an a__________ across the street from here.5.Computers and rockets seemed i__________ 100 years ago.二.用括号中所给词的适当形式填空。1. In 50 years,people will have ___________ (much) free time .2.There will be less _________ (pollute) in the sea.3. They _________ ( not have ) any classes next week.4. Betty _________ ( write ) to her parents tomorrow.5. He _________ ( read ) an English book now.三.选择填空。( )5.A dog robot could help____the room. A. cleaning B. getting C. clean D. get ( )6. —_________ will they play? —They will play football. A. What subject B. What sport C. What food D. What language( )7. —How many birds can you see in the trees? —I can see _________ birds in them. A. hundreds of B. five hundreds C. hundred of D. five hundreds of( )8. He is very happy , because he _____ in a big apartment next year. A. live B. lives C. will live D. will living( )9. Robots can do simple jobs and never get _____. A. bored B. boring C. boreing D. to bored( )10. I think it will be difficult ___ a robot ____ the same things as a person. A. as, to do B. for, to do C. for ,doing D. as, doing四.完形填空。We live in computer age (时代). People 1 scientists, teachers, writers and even students use computers to do all kinds of work. But more than 30 years ago, 2 couldn't do much. They were very big and expensive. Very 3 people were interested in them and knew how to use them. Today computers are smaller and 4 . But they can do a lot of work, many people like to use them. Many people 5 have them at home. Computers become very important because they can work 6 than people and make fewer mistakes. Computers can 7 people do a lot of work. Writers now use computers to 8 . Teachers use them to help teaching. Students use them to 9 . Computers can also remember what you 10 them. Computers are very useful and helpful. They are our friends. Do you want to have a computer? ( ) 1. A. Like B. as C. and D. with ( ) 2. A. students B. scientists C. teachers D. computers ( ) 3. A. few B. a few C. little D. a little ( ) 4. A. cheap B. cheaper C. more expensive D. expensive ( ) 5. A. even B. still C. Already D. yet ( ) 6. A. fast B. faster C. slow D. slower ( ) 7. A. help B. make C. stop D. use ( ) 8. A. write B. Play C. study D. learn ( ) 9. A. sing B. Study C. dance D. watch ( ) 10. A. put in B. put on C. put into D. put up 五.根据所给汉语完成句子,每空一词。1.书籍将会仅仅在电脑,而不在纸上。 Books_________only________on computers,________on paper. 2.他的叔叔是一名宇航员。他去年在太空站工作。 His uncle is an _________. He worked on a _________ _________ last year. 3.每个人应该参与到拯救地球的活动中。 Everyone should_______ _______ _______in saving the earth.4.机器人能多次反复的从事简单的工作。 Robots can do simple jobs ______ ______ ______ ______.六.书面表达。 以“预测未来生活”为话题,围绕这一话题谈论未来生活会是什么样,介绍未来生活状况。应用一般将来时态,对某一话题展开充分的、合理的想象,同时也可用比较级结构,增强与现在的对比效果。常见的预测未来的话题有:机器人、电脑、环境、旅行、学习、工作等。____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Unit 8 How do you make a banana milk shake?第一课时Section A(1a--1c)【学习目标】1. 熟记新单词和新短语。2. 掌握下列句型: (1)How do you make a banana milk shake? Peel the bananas. (2)Pour the milk into the blender.3. 学会制作奶昔、沙拉并描述其过程。 【学习重难点】1.能听、说、读、写本节课新词和短语。2.能听懂,读懂描述程序的简短听力材料.【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.回顾你所学过的有关食物的单词,并将其分类,比一比谁写的多。Drink:________________________________________________________________Fruit:________________________________________________________________Vegetables:___________________________________________________________Food:_________________________________________________________________三.汉译英。喝奶昔_____________________ 切碎香蕉 ________________________启动搅拌机 ________________ 把酸奶倒入搅拌机_________________剥香蕉皮___________________ 制作香蕉奶昔_____________________把.....放入.....内 _____________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:举例辨析可数名词与不可数名词。1)可数名词:________________________________________________________________2)不可数名词:______________________________________________________________ 探究二:turn on意为 , 试一试:翻译turn off \ up \down 探究三:How do you make a banana milk shake?你怎样制作香蕉奶昔?描述其过程。 First________ ________ ________and________ ________ _________ ________. Next ________ ________ ________and________ ________ _________ ________. Then_________ ________ ________ _________ _________ _________. Finally ________ ________ _________ ________. Now you can ________ ________ _________ ________.【检测互评】一、把下列单词归类:yogurt, , watermelon, spoon, popcorn,salt, sandwich, bread, butter , lettuce , turkey,onion, duck, apple, honey ,orange ,banana, beef, tomato.可数名词:__________________________________________________________________不可数名词:_________________________________________________________________二、根据句意及首字母填空。 1. The room is dark, Please t on the lights. 2. We should stop the factory from p dirty water into the river. 3. I’d like to d milk shake. 4. Before you eat the bananas, you should p them. 5. How do you m an orange salad?三、单项选择。( ) 1.The TV is so noisy, will you please a little? A. turn it up B. turn it off C. turn it down D. turn it on( ) 2. He had something to write down and ask me for A.a paper B.some papers C.some pieces of papers D.a piece of paper( ) 3.I’d like to drink _______. A.some yogurt B. milks C. some juices D. some lettuce( ) 4.--- The banana is too big. --- You can _________ A. cut up them B. cut them up C. cut it up D. cut up it( ) 5.Look! Linda is ______ hot water into the blender. A. pour B. pours C. pouring D. to pour( ) 6.If you want to be ______, you should eat more fruit and vegetables. A. health B. healthly C. healthy D. healthily( ) 7.Turn on the blender______ about two minutes. A. for B. in C. to D. at( ) 8.Don’t forget to ______ the blender after the smoothie is ready. A. turn on B. turn off C. open D. close【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________ Unit 8 How do you make a banana milk shake?第二课时Section A(2a--2d)【学习目标】1. 熟记新单词和新短语。2. 掌握下列句型:(1)A:How many bananas do we need? B:Three.A:How much yogurt do we need? B:One cup. (3)I want to make Russian soup for a party on Saturday. 3.学会制作俄式汤并描述其过程。 【学习重难点】1.能听、说、读、写本节新词和短语。2.能听懂,读懂描述程序的听力材料。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时的新单词及短语。2.自读对话2d,把握大意,划出不懂之处并小组合作解决。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.回顾制作香蕉奶昔的过程。_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________三.英汉互译。 水果沙拉_________________ how many ________________ 一杯酸奶 ________________ how much_________________ 让我想一想_______________ make Russian soup________ 加一些盐 ________________ cut up___________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:举例说明如何表达可数名词与不可数名词的数量.1)可数名词:_________________________________________________________________2)不可数名词:______________________________________________________________探究二:询问可数名词与不可数名词的数量:1.How much yogurt do we need? 2.How many apples do we need?询问数量:可数名词用 不可数名词用 探究三:How do you make a banana milk shake?你怎样制作俄式汤?描述其过程。First,_________________________________________________________________Then,__________________________________________________________________Next,__________________________________________________________________ After that,____________________________________________________________Then,__________________________________________________________________Finally,_______________________________________________________________ 【检测互评】一、 用how many 或how much 填空 1.___________(多少香蕉)do we need? 2.___________(多少西红柿)do we need? 3.___________(多少牛奶)do you need? 4.___________(多少冰淇淋)do they need? 5. ___________(多少面包)do your friends need? 6.___________(多少片面包)does he need? 7.____________(多少蜂蜜)does your mother need? 8.____________(多少杯蜂蜜)do they need? 二、补全对话。 A: What are you ______ now? B: I’m thinking I need to ______ how to make fruit salad. It’s very nice. A: OK. It’s not ______ to make it. Let me _____ you. First, cut up three bananas and a watermelon. ______ ,put the fruit in a bowl. _______,put in two teaspoons of cinnamon and a ______ of yogurt. Finally, ______ it all up. B: Oh, I see. I can make it for you now. Please ______. A: That’s quite right. You are really ______. B: Thanks a lot.三、用括号中所给词的适当形式填空。 1. We forgot _____________ (tell) him the news, so he didn’t know at all. 2. We hope ________________ (see) you soon. 3. Put ___________ (they) on the sandwich ,please. 4. I think I’m_______________ (outgoing) than Sam . 5. The students enjoy ________________ (have) birthday parties .【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________ Unit 8 How do you make a banana milk shake?第三课时Section A(Grammar Focus—3c)【学习目标】1.熟练掌握以下词汇:add,sugar,finally,beef,cheese,popcorn,add…to…,put…into,forget to do,how many/much2.熟练掌握以下句型(1)How do you make…?(2)How much/many…do we need?3.通过实践活动,培养学生的实际操作能力,调动学生的情感态度、兴趣等非智力因素。【学习重难点】1. 能听懂,读懂描述程序的听力材料,2. 能就某个操作程序对话,初步书面编写对话.【学法指导】1.朗读Grammar Focus的句子,理解并归纳总结。2.互助学习,练习句型结构。【自学互助】一、自主朗读本课时单词仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆:二、朗读本课时重点句型和学习目标。三、阅读学习语法附录,然后试做3a 和3b.四、英汉互译。 Plant a tree______________ 制作牛肉面_________________ One spoon_________________ 洗衣服_____________________ take out a book from the library__________________________ half a cup________________ 制作爆米花_________________五.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一: 在制作某一事物、食品或做某一件事情时,一般都分为几个步骤。英文中常用来表示步骤的词语有:first, next, then, finally, 中文意思依次为:________、________、________、_______。熟练掌握这几个词能帮助你有秩序地记叙事情发展的过程。试一试:________cut up three bananas,three apples and a watermelon.________ Put the fruit in a bowl.________put in two teaspoons of honey and a cup of yogurt,_______ mix it all。探究二:How many\ how much 的区别用法,选词填空。 How many 对 (可数、不可数)提问; How much 对 (可数、不可数)提问。探究三:forget是动词,意为“ 忘记”。后面可以直接跟名词,如:他忘记了他的生日。He forgot his birthday.后面跟动词不定式,即 forget to do sth, 意思是“忘记要做某事”例如:他忘记做作业了,老师很生气。He forgot to do his homework, so the teacher was angry. 后面跟v-ing形式,即forget doing sth表示“忘记做过某事了”。例如:他又买了一只钢笔,他忘记已买过一只了。He bought a pen again, for he forgot buying one。 拓展: forget 的反义词是remember, remember 也有常用的三个结构: a.后面可以直接跟名词,如:他记住了汤姆的容貌。He remembered Tom’s look. b.后面跟动词不定式,即remember to do sth. 意思是“记得要做某事” c.后面跟v-ing 形式,表示“记得做过某事了”.试一试: --Please don’t ________the lights before you leave. --OK. A.forget turnning on B.forget to turn off C.forget turning off D.forget to turn on【检测互评】单项选择。( )1. All the ingredients are in the bowl. Please mix . A. it up B. up it C. up them D. them up( )2. Turn on the blender about two minutes. A. of B. in C. for D. with( )3. Please cut _____ the banana _____ small pieces. A. up, to B. up, into C. off, to D. off, into( )4. Please turn___ the light when you leave the room.[来源:学科网] A. off B. on C. up D. down( )5. ________ cups of coffee do we need? A. How B. How much C. How many D. How many of( )6. —______ bread would you like? —Three pieces of ________. A. How many, breads B. How many, bread C. How much, breads D. How much, bread( )7. Will you add ________ to the salad? A. many honeys B. much honeys C. more honey D. many more honey( )8. ________ mix these things together. A. Not B. No C. Don’t D. You aren’t( )9.There ________ two slices of turkey on the table and there _______some relish on the slices. A. are, are B. are, is C. is, is D. is, are【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________ Unit 8 How do you make a banana milk shake?第四课时Section B( 1a - 1e)【学习目标】熟练掌握词汇: sandwich,butter,piece,turkey,slices,lettuce, put...on,a slice of,a piece of...熟练掌握以下句型: Do you like…? Yes,I do/No,I don’t3.熟练掌握本课出现的可数名词及不可数名词。可数名词:sandwich, turkey, slice.不可数名词:bread, butter, relish, lettuce.【学习重难点】如何对可数名词和不可数名词计量。【学法指导】1.熟练掌握本课出现的可数名词及不可数名词。2.小组合作,互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一、朗读本课时单词并记忆。二、汉译英。三明治_______________ 片;块______________ 黄油______________ 一片面包_____________ 把...放在...上____________________ 你喜欢加生菜的三明治?____________________________________________ 把一些黄油放在一片面包上。________________________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:Piece 是可数名词,意为“片,块”。 若用来表示不可数名词的数量,用“数词 + piece(s) + of 名词”结构。 例如:a piece of bread你能总结更多类似的结构吗?写在下列横线上。________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________探究二:辨析可数名词和不可数名词。 1.可数名词________(有/没有)单复数的变化,_______(可以/不可以)和冠词或数词连用。 2.不可数名词_______(有/没有)单复数的变化,能与________(定冠词/不定冠词)连用,但________(能/不能)与不定冠词或数词连用。 当表达不可数名词的确定数量时,一般用__________________等短语。如:两片面包two_______________bread,一汤勺蜂蜜a________ ________honey,(2)当表达不可数名词的不确定的数量时,一般用some_______,little,_______等词 组。如:much homework. 3.对可数名词的数量进行提问时,我们通常用_____________; 对不可数名词的数量进行提问时,我们通常用______________。【检测互评】一.用所给词的正确形式填空1. How many ________(slice) of bread do weekend?2. I eat two_________(sandwich)for breakfast.3. Here are some bananas. Please cut________(they)up.4. I need _________(buy) some flowers.5._________(final),mix it all up.6. We need some _______(tomato).7. Here_______(be) some milk. Drink it please.8._______(not turn)on the blender.9. You can take these________(information) to your uncle.10.If you put some _______(butter)on the bread, it will taste more delicious.二.句型转换:1.I like lettuce in sandwiches (变一般疑问句)__________ ____________ ____________lettuce in sandwiches?2.We need a teaspoon of relish.(对划线部分提问)?__________ _________relish _________we need?3.There are fifty students in our class.(对划线部分提问)__________ _________students__________ ___________in your class?4.a,of,relish,first,on,bread,put,some,slice(连词成句)_________________________________________________________5.Add some salt to the soup.(改为否定句)_________________________________________________________三.单项选择。( )1.There ________ two slices of bread on the table,and some bread________ in the bowl. A.are, is B.is,are C.is,is D.are,are ( )2.--Could I have something to eat? -Sure.Here’s some ________. A.chicken B.tomatoes C.orange D. Bananas( )3.First,open the box.Next,take it out. ________ ,eat it. A.Next B.Second C.First D.Finally 【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 8 How do you make a banana milk shake?第五课时Section B (2a - 4)【学习目标】1.熟记掌握以下词汇:traditional,traveler,celebrate,mix,fill,cover,remember2.掌握并能正确使用本课时重点短语; have a big meal,fill…with…,cover…with…3:熟练掌握以下句型:1).It is a time to give thanks for food in the autumn.2).Here is one way to make turkey for a Thanksgiving dinner.3).Next,fill the turkey with this bread mix.【学习重难点】1.培养阅读能力.2.掌握文章中的语法点及词组.【学法指导】1.自主朗读本课时单词仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。2.自学课文2b,勾画出文中不能理解的短语和句子。【自学互助】一.朗读本课时单词,仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。二.阅读课文,勾画不懂的或者你认为难理解的词句,并做好标记。三.仔细理解课文的意思,说出火鸡的制作方法。四.汉译英。 该做某事了____________________ 用...把...填充____________________ 用...盖住..___________________ 在特别的假期______________________ 在这时候______________________ 在一个大盘子里___________________ 把火鸡切成薄片________________ 现在,大部分美国人依然按惯例与家人在家里吃顿大餐,并以此来庆祝表达感激之情。 ________________________________________________________________________ 把火鸡填满并和面包混合。 ______________________________________________________五.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】朗读课文,认真听、评。【质疑互究】探究一:Tradition 是形容词,意为“传统的,惯例的”,tradition是它的名词,意为“传统,惯例”,by tradition 意为“按照传统风俗”。试一试: 翻译 这个国家有许多传统的节日。_____________________________探究二:It is time + (for sb)to do sth.意为“该某人做某事的时候到了”。 It is time to do sth.==It is time for sth 意为“该到做某事的时候了”。只是to是不定式,其后接动词原形,for是介词,后接名词。试一试: 翻译 到吃晚饭的时候了。_________________________ ==_________________________ 我们该去上学了。____________________________探究三:fill...with...意为“用...把...装满”,其被动语态为be filled with,表示状态。表示“...被...装满”。Fill的形容词为full,常用结构be full of==be filled with例如:He filled the box with apples.他用苹果吧盒子装满了。 The cup was filled with water. ==The cup was full of water.杯子里装满了水。拓展:类似用法的还有cover...with...意为“用...把...覆盖”,其被动语态为be covered with,表示状态。表示“...被...覆盖”。试一试: --The box is too heavy to carry.What’s in it? --Oh,it is _________books. A.filled with B.covered with C.used for 【检测互评】根据对话内容选出可填入空白处的最佳选项。 A:_______________________B: Well, first put some mayonnaise on a slice of bread.A: How much mayonnaise ?B: Oh, about a teaspoon.A: OK. What else?B: Next cut up some tomatoes.A:________________________B: Well, one is probably enough. Put the tomato on the sandwich. Then cut up an onion, too.A: Sounds good. ________________B: Next, put some turkey slices on the sandwich.A:_____________________B: About three.A: OK. Is that all?B: Not quite. Put some relish on the turkey.A: How much?B: Two teaspoons should do it. And don’t forget the lettuce.A: ___________________B: Finally, put another slice of bread on top.A: Great!【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 8 How do you make a banana milk shake?第六课时 Self check一、单项选择。( ) 1._______ bananas do you need? A. How B. How many C. How much D. What( ) 2.A: How many oranges do we need? B: Let me _______. Three. A. think B. think of C. think over D. think out( ) 3.-Would you like to drink? -Yes, I’d like a cup of coffee. A. something else B. else something C. anything else D. else anything( ) 4.We have worked for three hours. Now let’s stop a rest. A. had B. have C. to have D. having( ) 5.Don’t eat too much _______. It can make you ill. A. vegetables B. fruit C. meat D. yin food( ) 6.A: _______ do you eat fruit and vegetables? B: Every day. A: How B. How often C. What D. Where( ) 7.A: How much honey does your mother need? B: She needs_______. A. two honey B. two honeys C. two teaspoons of honeys D. two teaspoons of honey( ) 8.A: May I have ______ slice of bread with butter, I’m not full. B: Certainly. Here you are. A. other B. the other C. another D. the others( ) 9.A: I think China is great. B: I agree. It’s famous ______ its food and the Great Wall. A. at B. in C. for D. to ( ) 10.My friend David is ______ from me, he likes apple pies a lot. A. difficult B. different C. difference D. Delicious二、翻译.1.牛奶对健康有好处,我们应多喝牛奶。Milk ______good health. We should ______ more milk.2.你能告诉我们怎样爆玉米花吗? Can you tell us______ ______make______?3.你们上次郊游都干什么了? you your last school trip?4.学生们看了一场关于未来生活的电影。The students a movie in the future.5.你需要好好休息。 You _______ _______ have a good rest.三、阅读理解。 Every country has its favorite food. Italians like to eat pizza. Indians like to eat hot food. Japanese like to eat fish. Often they don’t cook it. In England, one of the most popular kinds of food is fish and chips. People usually buy it in a fish and chip shop. They put it in paper bags, and take it home, or to their workplace. Sometimes they eat it in the park or on the road. The world’s favorite food is American fast food. If you go to some important cities in the world, you can find people eating hamburgers and chips. Fish and chips, and Chinese take-away food are very popular in England. But they are less popular in the USA, they eat take-away food, too, like chicken. But the most popular kind of take-away food is the hamburger. It looks like bread with meat in it. Ham (火腿) is a kind of pork, but the hamburger does not have any pork in it. The beef is inside a kind of cake hamburgers are delicious. They are also popular in England and Australia. ( )1.Italians like to eat __________. A. dumplings B. pizza C. hot food D.pizza and hot food ( )2.Fish and chips are very popular in _____. A. England B. Australia C. the USA D. Canada ( )3.In different countries people eat ______ food. A. different B. the same C. the different D. same ( )4.The hamburger does not have any _____ in it. A. beef B. pork C. fish D. chips ( )5.Hamburger is a kind of ______. A. meat B. drink C. food D. vegetable四、书面表达。 根据本单元所学内容,以“How do you make a fruit salad?”为题目,写出语法正确,意思连贯的短文。____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Unit 9 Can you come to my party?第一课时Section A(1a--1c)【学习目标】1.熟练掌握以下词汇: prepare, prepare for, exam, go to the doctor.2.口、笔头掌握以下句型: A: Can you come to my party on Saturday afternoon? B: Sure, I’d love to . / Sorry , I can’t . I have to help my parents.3.熟练使用情态动词 can ,must和have to. 【学习重难点】1.掌握如何做出邀请和做出回答。2.重点句型:Can you come to my party? Sure,I’d love to./Sorry,I can’t .I have to...【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。三.英汉互译。 prepare for an exam _______________ 看医生 _________________ meet my friend ________________ 帮助我的父母亲________________ have the flu ______________________ I’d love to._________________ 在星期六下午_______________________ have to________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:prepare for ...意为“为...做准备”。其被动形式be prepared for sth==get ready for sth 意为“为...做好了准备”。prepare to do sth意为“准备做某事”。例如:The students are busy preparing for the college entrance examination. The students are well prepared for the sports meeting.试一试: 翻译 我熬夜是为了英语考试而做准备。 ____________________________________________________________ 他准备给他父母写一封信。 ____________________________________________________________探究二:I have to help my parents.翻译:____________________________________ have to意为“必须;不得不”,表示客观需要或义务要求某人必须做某事。 例如:I have to stay at home to babysit my sister. 我不得不呆在家里照顾我妹妹。辨析must 与have to.must 表示主观的义务和必要,意为“必须...;应当...”,后跟动词原形,无人称和时态的变化,其否定形式是mustn’t,表示“不应该;不允许”,语气强烈。 例如:① We must work hard. 我们必须努力工作。 ② I must go. 我必须走。have to 因客观需要必须做某事,有“必须;不得不”的意思,后跟动词原形,有人称和时态的变化,其否定形式是don’t have to,相当于needn’t. 例如:① Do you have to see a doctor today? 你今天要去看医生吗 ② It was late and we have to stay at home. 时间已晚,我们只得呆在家里。试一试:-Mike,I can’t stop playing computer games. -For your eyes,my dear friend.I’m afraid you ________. A.have to B.may C.must 【检测互评】一.用所给词的适当形式填空.1._______you play tennis? Yes , I can. 2.Mary is ill , she _______ (have)________ (go )to the doctor.3.Look! Some people ________ (take) photos here. 4.Thanks for ________ (cook) for me .5.She often ________ (help) me with my English .二.完成下面的句子.1.---Hi , Jeff. Can you come to my party on Saturday? ---I’m sorry ,I can’t .I _________ _________ ________ _________ _________ (得去看我的阿姨)on Saturday .2.--- Hello, Marry. Can you come to my party on Saturday? ---_________ ________ ________(我愿意).3.---May Lee ,can you come to my party tomorrow? --- I’m sorry. I________ ________ _______ ________ ________(得帮我妈妈).4.--- Claudia, can you come to my party on Saturday? --- I’m sorry ,I_______ ________ ________ _______ ________ (要去看电影).5.I have to clean the room right now.(改为否定句) I ______ _______ _______ clean the room right now.【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________ Unit 9 Can you come to my party?第二课时 Section A(2a--2d)【学习目标】1.能熟练掌握以下单词和短语: hang, hang out, catch, available, until, another time,too much homework,go to the movies.2.能灵活运用以下句型: A: Can you go to the movies on Saturday? B: I’m Sorry. I’m not available. I have too much homework this weekend. 【学习重难点】1.能灵活运用如何做出邀请和做出回答,训练听力,掌握相关内容。2.重点句型:Can you go to the movies on Saturday? Sure,I’d love to./ Sorry,I can’t .I’m not available.I have to...【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时的新单词及短语。2.自读对话2d,把握大意,划出不懂之处并小组合作解决。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.自学课文,勾画出重点和疑惑。三.英汉互译。 have an exam________________ go to the party________________ I’m not available. _________ Thanks for asking._____________ hang out____________________ too much homework______________ 星期一_____________________ 其他时间,别的时间_____________ 谢谢邀请,但是我有太多作业要做了。__________________________________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:available是形容词,相当于free,意为“有空的”,指物时,意为“可用的,有效的”。例如:I’m afraid I won’t be available the whole week. 恐怕这周我都不空。 OK,I think I’m available during that time. 没问题,我想到时候我应该有空。 These tickets are available for one month. 这些票的有效期是一个月。试一试: 翻译 我下午有空,咱们去购物吧。 _______________________________探究二:辨析anther和the otherAnther 是指三者或三者以上中的“另一个”;the other是指两者中的“另一个”,有特定的数量范围,不是任意的一个。试一试: --Could we see each other at 9:00 tomorrow morning? --Sorry,let’s make it ________time. A.other’s B.the other C.another D.other【检测互评】单项选择。( )1.Would you like ________ my birthday party? A.coming B.to come to C.to come D. in( )2.I’m sorry,I can’t go with you.I have ________ homework to do. A. too many B. too much C. much too D. going to be( )3.Look! There are five planes ________ in the sky. A. fly B. flying C. to fly D. to flying( )4.-Can you come to play basketball with me? -________. A.I can. B.That’s all right. C.Sure,I’d love to. D.I can’t. ( )5.Can you help me _________ my English? A. with B. for C. of D. to( )6.The party is _____ 5:00 _______ Tuesday afternoon. A. at; at B. at; on C. on; at D. on; on ( )7.--- ______ I go boating? ---Certainly, but you _______ finish your homework first. A. Can; must B. May; can C. Must; may D. Can; may( )8.I have to ________ for the math test. A. prepare B. preparing C. learning D. sees [来源:.Com]( )9.Sally, I’d love to go to your house, but I’m not ______ . I must practice the piano. A. available B. talented C. healthy D. Outgoing( )10.Thanks for _______ me _______your mother’s birthday party. A.inviting, to B.invite, to C.invite, for D.inviting, for ( )11.My brother ________ go to the doctor. He has the flu. A.can B.have to C.has to D.can to 【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 9 Can you come to my party?第三课时Section A(Grammar Focus—3c)【学习目标】1.熟练掌握以下词汇 :invite, accept, refuse, hang out , catch .2.能灵活运用下列句子: ⑴My cousin Sam from Xi’an is going to be here. ⑵I remember we went bike riding together last fall when he visited you . ⑶Sam isn’t leaving until next Wednesday.3.学会合理安排自己的日常活动并做出相应的计划。【学习重难点】1.如何发出,接受,拒绝邀请。2.学会礼貌的拒绝并阐述理由。【学法指导】1.朗读Grammar Focus的句子,理解并归纳总结。2.互助学习,练习句型结构。【自学互助】一、自主朗读本课时单词仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆:二、朗读本课时重点句型和学习目标。三、阅读学习语法附录,然后试做3a 和3b.四、英汉互译。 go bike riding _____________ prepare for __________________ not ...until _______________ hang out with sb______________ 我记得去年秋天他拜访你时,我们骑车一起去兜风了。__________________________________________________________________________我很愿意去,但我恐怕去不了。__________________________________________________________________________五.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:Oh,but Sam isn’t leaving until next Wednesday.1)此句中的is leaving 是现在进行时表示将要发生的动作,现在进行时表示将来的句子的谓语绝大多数是位移动词,这样的词还有arrive,come,drive,fly,go,leave等。例如:She is coming here next Sunday. He is driving to Beijing soon.本句中not...until..意为“直到...才...”,谓语动词一般是非延续性的,如:go,come,finish,stop,open,close等。Until用于肯定句时,谓语动词是延续性动词,如:live,work,stay,wait,study等。例如:I didn’t go to school until my mother came back. I will wait here until the class is over.试一试:1. Dad _________the USA in two weeks. A.is leave for B.leaves for C.is leaving for D.left for 2.I had too much work to do last night.I didn’t go to bed ________11 o’clock. A.in B.until C.for D.of探究二:hang 作动词,可意为“悬挂,垂下”,其过去式是hung.例如:A basket hung above the table.桌子上方挂着一个篮子。 hang 作动词也可表示“绞死,吊死”,其过去式为hanged.例如:He was hanged for his crimes.他因犯罪被绞死。 固定搭配:hang out 常去某处,泡在某处例如:She is always hanging out in the street in her spare time.试一试: 翻译 他喜欢在公园附近转悠。 _____________________________________________探究三:invite作动词,意为“邀请”, 其名词是形式invitation .invite sb to do sth意为“邀请某人做某事”。试一试: 翻译 老师邀请我们去他家。 —————————————————————— 我们应该邀请我们的老师参加我们的聚会。 ____________________________________________探究四:refuse 意为“拒绝”。refuse to do sth 意为“拒绝做某事”。试一试: 翻译 这个孩子拒绝上学。 ____________________________________________【检测互评】用所给词的适当形式填空Would you like ________ (play) tennis with him?We must (get) up early tomorrow.Linda invite us __________ (take) part in the meeting.Thanks for __________(give) me so much help.Jack with his brother __________(have) to finish the homework first.It is an __________(enjoy) trip.He refused __________( go )to work this morning.Both Tom and I _________ ( leave )for Qingdao tomorrow morning.Sally decides __________ (tell) the story to her mother.Linda forget ________(bring) her keys this afternoon.【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 9 Can you come to my party?第四课时Section B( 1a - 1f)【学习目标】1. 口、笔头掌握以下句型 (1)A: What’s today? B: It’s Monday the 14th. (2)A: Can you play tennis with me? B: Sorry, I can’t . I have to go to the doctor and study for a test today. (3)A: What are you doing the day after tomorrow? B: I’m playing soccer.熟练掌握以下词汇: yesterday, tomorrow, weekday, look after, have a piano lesson, study for a test, play tennis.了解以下词汇的语音语义: the day after tomorrow, the day before yesterday【学习重难点】 1.复习对日期,星期的问答。 2.能灵活运用本节课的重要句型。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.小组合作,互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.复习有关星期,月份,序数词的单词,要求能说,会写。 星期有:_______________________________________________________________ 月份有:_______________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ 序数词1--30: _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________二.汉译英。 后天 __________________________ 前天 ______________________ 在周末 __________________________ 在二月 _____________________ 今天星期几?_____________________________________________________________ 今天星期一,十四号。______________________________________________________三.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究:-What’s today? 今天是什么日子? -It’s Monday 14th.今天是14号,星期一。 此句用来询问星期和日期,回答通常为“It is + 星期和日期”.如果询问星期几,应用“What day...?”;询问日期用“What’s the date...? ”.例如:1.-What’s today? 今天是什么日子? -It’s Monday 5th. 今天是5号,星期一。 2. --What day was it yesterday? 昨天星期几?(询问星期) --It was Friday. 星期五。 3. --What’s the date tomorrow? 明天是几月几日?(询问日期) --It’s October 4th. 10月4日。【检测互评】一.根据句意和首字母提示填空。1.I have a piano l___________ on Wednesday afternoon.2.Thank you for your i______________to visit your school.3.He spent the w__________afternoon watching TV.4.S________is the fist day of a week.5.I have to b_________my younger sister when my parents are away.6.The students are studying for the English t____________.7.Something is wrong with my teeth , so I have to go to see the d__________.8.Where are you going the day after t_______________?9.Hi, Can you play tennis w_________me?10.Maybe you can come a__________time.二.完成句子。1. 明天你能来我家过中秋节吗? ___________you __________ ___________ __________my home for Mid-Autumn Day tomorrow?2 .今天下午我要去上钢琴课。 I________ __________ to ___________ a piano lesson this afternoon’3.你能来参加我的晚会吗? ______________you __________ ___________my party?4.谢谢你给我打电话 Thank you _________ _________me.5.这个周末我们得呆在家里干家务。 We _______ ________stay at home ________ ________ the house-work this weekend.【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 9 Can you come to my party?第五课时Section B(2a - 4)【学习目标】1. 口、笔头掌握以下句型: I would like to invite you to ... The opening will be on the morning of... Please reply in writing to this invitation by Friday ,December 20th.2.熟练掌握以下词汇: opening, concert, daytime3.能够根据3a写出你的邀请函,然后根据日程表中的计划安排来描述自己或他人的事情。【学习重难点】1.培养阅读能力.2.掌握文章中的语法点及词组.3.通读课文,仔细理解课文的意思,并可以仿照课文例句造句。【学法指导】1.自主朗读本课时单词仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。2.自学课文2b,勾画出文中不能理解的短语和句子。【自学互助】一.朗读本课时单词,仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。二.阅读课文,勾画不懂的或者你认为难理解的词句,并做好标记。通读课文。三.英译汉。 去...旅游 _______________________ 照顾 _________________________ 期望,盼望 ______________________ 接到...的信 ___________________ 真是个好主意_____________________ help out ______________________ turn down _______________________ at the end of __________________ be glad to do sth ________________ so that _________________________ accept an invitation_____________ make an invitation_______________ turn down an invitation_____________ go back to________________________ the best way to do sth______________ bring sth as a gift______________ go to a concert_______________________ study for math test_______________四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】朗读课文,认真听、评。【质疑互究】探究一:Reply 是正式用语,意为“回答,答复”。后接宾语时要用to将宾语连接,即:reply to sb/sth .例如:I called him ,but there was no reply.我给他打电话,但没人接听。I didn’t reply to him.我没有答复他。翻译:我将不会回复这封信。___________________________________________________探究二:end 意为“结束”,固定短语:at the end of 在...结尾,在...末端 in the end 最后 by the end of 不迟于试一试: The man tried several times to start the car,and he succeeded_________ A.in the past B.in the end C.at first D.at once探究三:look forward to 意为“盼望,期待”其中to为介词,后接名词,代词,动名词。例如:The boss is looking forward to seeing you soon.老板期待很快见到你。The students are looking forward to knowing the results of the exam.学生们想知道这次考试的结果。试一试: 翻译:我很期待很快去北京。_________________________________________【检测互评】单项选择。( )1.Thanks a lot for ____________me ___________your house. A.invite ,for B.inviting , to C.inviting , for D.invitation( ) 2. They got to the village near the sea ________a rainy morning. A.on B.at C.in D.for( ) 3.Don’t ____________the water . It is cold. A.Play B.play for C.play wit D.Play on( ) 4.I am sorry I can’t come . I have to _________my sister. A.look at B.look for C.babysit D.babysitter( ) 5.--Excuse me , Have you got an eraser? --Sorry ,I haven’t. Why _______you ask Mary? Perhaps she has one. A.do B.don’t C.did D.didn’t二.用所给单词的适当形式填空1.---Can you _____________(come)to my house for dinner? ---Sorry, I can’t, I have to _________(help)my parents at home.2.Thank you for __________(ask)me to your birthday party.3.He is trying ________(go)out, please__________(help)him________(open)the door.4.Do you want __________(go)__________(swim)with us Saturday afternoon?5.Would you like __________(come )to my office ________(discuss)the report?6.Do you often practice __________(play)soccer after school?7.It’s good for our health____________(have)football training.【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________ Unit 9 Can you come to my party?第六课时 Self check一.选择填空。( )1.—Can you come to my birthday party? —______. A.Yes,I can't B.Sorry,I can't C.No,I can D.Sorry,I can( )2.I'm going to ______ out with my friends this afternoon. A.hang B.hung C.hanged D.hanging( )3.I'm too tired,so I ______ sit down and rest every five minutes. A.must B.had to C.have D.have to( )4.I don't like this pen.Please show me______one. A.other B.the other C.another D.the another( )5.I'm not happy because he refused ______ for the meeting. A.prepare B.Prepared C.to prepare D.Preparing( )6.—______? —It's Wednesday. A.What is the date today B.What day is it today C.What time is it D.What's the weather like today( )7.Please give me the ______ this invitation soon. A.answer B.reply to C.question D.ask( )8.He left without ______ goodbye. A.say B.Speak C.speaking D.saying( )9.I'm ______ that he can wash his clothes. A.surprise B.Surprised C.surprising D.Surprises.( )10.All of us must practice English after class . A.saying B.speaking C.say D.speak 二.用所给词或汉语提示完成句子。 1.Please give the ________(invite)to him. 2.Thanks for your ________ (prepare) for the party. 3.Can you come to the ________(开幕式) of the school? 4.Many ________(客人) will visit the new building. 5.Would you like to go to the ________(音乐会)? 6.I'm very sorry ________(hear)that you are ill. 7.I would love ________(make)friends with new students. 8.—Can he go to the baseball game? —No,he can't.He has to ________(study)for a test. 9.—Can you go to the mall tomorrow? —I'm sorry I can't.I________(help)my sister with math. 10.We ________(catch) some fish last Sunday.三.按要求改写句子。 1.Can you play basketball with me?(改为同义句) ______you ______ ______play basketball with me? 2.Today is Tuesday,October 8th.(对画线部分提问) ______is today? 3.The party begins at_6:30.(对画线部分提问)_______ ______the party______? 4.My father has nothing to do now.(改为同义句) My father _______ ______now. 5.People in that town have to move to a new place.(改为一般疑问句)______ people in that town ______ ______ move to a new place? 6.Lucy had to leave last week.(改为一般疑问句)______ Lucy ______ ______ leave last week? 7.Would you like to go with me?(作肯定回答)Yes,_______ _______ _______. 8.They can play the piano.(对画线部分提问)______ can they ______? 9.He stayed until I came back last night.(改为同义句)He _______ ______ until I came back last night. 10.He isn't available because he is preparing for an exam.(改为同义句)He isn't ______ because he is ________ ready for an exam.四.根据汉语把英语句子补充完整1.你患了流感吗?Did you ______ ______ flu?2.她直到八点都有空。She's ______ ______eight o'clock.3.我们期待着你们的到来。We look ______ to your ______.4.后天你有时间吗?Are you free the day ______ ______?5.明年你们准备去旅行吗?Will you prepare to ______ a ______ next year?书面表达。 假如你是Dave,弄得同学Tom邀请你下周去他家玩,你却拒绝了他的邀请。理由如下:星期一去看牙医 2.星期二,星期三复习数学 3.星期四数学考试4.星期五和堂兄踢球 5.星期六和妈妈去超市Dear Tom,_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Yours Dave Unit 10 If you go to the party,you’ll have a great time!第一课时Section A(1a--1c)【学习目标】1.熟练掌握句型:(1) A:I think I’m going to the party with Karen and Ann. B: If you do ,you’ll have a great time.(2) If you do , the teachers won’t let you in.2.熟练掌握并能正确运用以下词汇:jeans, have a good/great time, organize, wear jeans, stay at home.【学习重难点】1.熟练运用“will+动词原形”和现在进行时表示将来的语言结构。2.了解并初步运用“if引导的条件状语从句+will”结构来谈论因果关系。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.你会唱If You Are Happy这首歌吗?请你从网上搜索这首歌并学会它。二.假设你的好友本周六晚上要举行生日聚会,你打算去参加。请试着回答下列问题。 How are you going there? ______________________________________________ Who are you going with? ________________________________________________ What time are you going? ______________________________________________ What clothes will you wear?______________________________________________ What will you bring? ______________________________________________ What will you do there? ______________________________________________三.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】看图说,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:表达观点的句型:“sb. think/ thinks + 宾语从句”。例如:I think I’m going to stay at home. 我想我将呆在家里。此句型变否定句,必须否定前移。试一试:I think she will finish her homework on Saturday. (改为否定句) I ________ _________ she _________ finish her homework on Saturday. 探究二:If we have it today, half the class won’t come. 如果我们今天聚会,班上一半的学生不会来。这是一个条件状语从句,if 是连词,意为“如果,假设”,当主句为将来时/情态动词/祈使句时,从句应用一般现在时代替将来时态,当主句 是过去时,从句中应用相应的过去时态。例如:If you are ill , you’ll have to see the doctor. 从句:现在时 主句:将来时 If you feel alone , I can go with you.从句:现在时 主句:含情态动词Work hard , if you want to learn English well.主句:祈使句 从句:现在时If she was unhappy , she would sang and danced in the past.从句:过去时 主句:过去将来时(2) 句中的half为形容词,意为“半数的”,可以修饰名词,直接放在所修饰名词之前。half 也可以作名词,意为“一半;半”,常用结构为“half of + 名词”,当此结构作主语时,谓语动词要与名词的单复数形式保持一致。例如: Half of the boys go to the movies on Sundays. 一半的男孩在星期天去看电影。class在句中为集合名词,指“全班的人”,强调组成班级的多个成员,谓语动词用复数形式,此类的单词还有family, school 等。例如: The family are from China. 这家人来自中国。试一试: 翻译 半数的学生来自英国。 ________ _______ _________ come from England.【检测互评】一.根据首字母及句意补全单词。1. Don’t wear j ________ to go to the party, or your teacher will be angry.2. I had a g ________ time at Ann’s birthday party yesterday.3. What will h _________ in a hundred years?4. If you eat _________ _______(太多) sugar, your teeth will be bad .二.用if连接下列句子,注意动词的变化。1. I will go to the park. It will not rain tomorrow. ________________________________________________.He won’t help others. He will never get others help. _______________________________________________________.I will pass the exams. I’ll go to high school. _______________________________________________________.She will become a doctor. She’ll make a lot of money. _______________________________________________________.My father will save more money. He will stop smoking. ____________________________________________________.【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 10 If you go to the party,you’ll have a great time!第二课时Section A(2a--2d)【学习目标】1.熟练掌握句型:(1) What will happen if they have the party tomorrow?(2) When is a good time to have the party?(3) Should we ask people to bring food?(4) If we have it today,half the class won’t come.2.熟练掌握并能正确运用以下词汇:meeting, video, chocolate, potato chips, jeans, have a good time, organize.【学习重难点】1.熟练运用“will+动词原形”和现在进行时表示将来的语言结构。2.能灵活运用“if引导的条件状语从句+will”结构来谈论因果关系。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时的新单词及短语。2.自读对话2d,把握大意,划出不懂之处并小组合作解决。【自学互助】一.根据音标拼读新单词并牢记。二.朗读本课时重点句型和学习目标,朗读2d 对话找出生词和难点并在文中标出来。三.连词成句。1.food, to, they, we, if, bring, bring, ask, will, people, chocolate __________________________________________________________________.do, that, we, if, people, more, the, will, home, to, want, games, play ______________________________________________________________________.I, I, visit, some, if, my, bring, flowers, grandparents, them, will ___________________________________________________________________?party, what, if, they, have, the, happen, tomorrow, will __________________________________________________________.四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:____________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:organize作动词,意为“组织,筹备”, organized是它的形容词,意为“有组织的”, organization是它的名词,意为“组织,机构,团体”。 Organizer是名词,意为“组织者”。例如:We’ll organize a test. The organized worker are powerful.(有力量的) It is a good organization.试一试: 翻译 孩子们需要有组织的活动。 ________________________________________________________探究二:They will be too lazy to cook. 翻译:___________________________. too...to “太...而不能”。表示否定意义,too后接形容词或副词的原形,to后跟动词原形。 too...to 通常可与not...enough to...”不够...而不能...”及so...that...”如此...以至于...”进行句型转换。例如:The girl is too young to go to school. == The girl isn’t old enough to go to school. == The girl is so young that she can’t go to school. 试一试:What he said was ________ difficult for us ________ understand. A.so, that B.very, to C.too, to D.such, that 【检测互评】一.单项选择。( )1.He was_________ tired _________ he couldn’t go on working. A. too; to B. such; that C. so; that D. too; that( )2.This question is ________ easy, so all the students can answer it. A. too much B. too many C. much too D. many too( )3.—The math problem is so hard. —I really don’t know _______. A. how to do it B. how to do C. what to do it ( )4.Half the class ___________ now. A. is sing B. is singing C. sings D. are singing( )5.I want to know if he ____ tomorrow. If he ____, let me know. A. come; comes B. will come; comes C. comes; will come D. will come; will come( )6.What _______ if you have your party at home this Sunday? A.happen B.will happen C.are going to happen D.happens 二.用所给词的适当形式填空。1.If you wear jeans, we ____________ (not let) you in.2.Yao Ming is one of the most famous basketball ___________(play) in the world.3.Mr Black enjoys __________ (go)to many places of interest.4.If you go to the party, you ______________ (have) a great time.【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 10 If you go to the party,you’ll have a great time! 第三课时Section A(Grammar Focus—3c)【学习目标】1.能灵活运用下列单词: Meeting,video,organize,chocolate,upset, taxi, advice...2.学习并熟练掌握下列句型:(1) I don’t know what to do about going to Mike’s birthday party tomorrow night.(2) If I go to the party, they will be upset.(3) Also, I’m not sure how to go to the party.(4) Can you give me some advice please?【学习重难点】 If 引导的条件状语从句的理解和运用。【学法指导】1.朗读Grammar Focus的句子,理解并归纳总结。2.互助学习,练习句型结构。【自学互助】一.自主朗读本课时单词仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆:二.收集有关if从句的资料,然后试做3a 和3b.三.根据汉语提示完成英语句子。 1.He didn’t know what was ___________ (发生) outside. 2.Can you ____________(带来) some music CDs to the party? 3.Can you ____________ (组织)the games for the class party? 4.I’m very ______________(沮丧) because I can’t go to the party. 5.I don’t know _____________(做什么) next. 6.Can you give him ______________(一些建议)?【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一: I don’t know what to do about going to Mike’s birthday party tomorrow night.what to do是由疑问词加不定式构成的宾语。疑问词what,which,whom或疑问副词how,when,where可加一个不定式构成不定式短语,在句中作宾语,通常放在tell,show,teach,learn,know,wonder,forget,find out等动词或动词短语的后面,并可以改写成宾语从句。例如:Can you tell me what to do next?你能告诉我下一步做什么吗?试一试: I don’t know how I can do it. (改为简单句) I don’t know ________ _________ _________ it.探究二: Can you give me some advice please?advice是不可数名词,表示 “一条建议”用a piece of advice,“一些建议”是some advice; 固定短语 take one’s advice 接受某人的建议 follow one’s advice 听某人的劝告试一试: Would you like to give me ____________? A.some advices B.an advice C.some advice D.some advics 【检测互评】用所给词的适当形式填空。 1.If it _____________ (not rain) tomorrow, we’ll go to the zoo. 2.If she __________ (finish) her work early, she _________ (go) home. 3.I don’t know if it _______ (rain) tomorrow. If it ________ (rain), we _________ (not go) fishing. 4.He can’t pass the exam if he _________________ (not work) harder. 5.I am learning how__________(swim). 6.Please __________ (take) the message to her when you _________ (meet) Mary.二.从句专练。 1.The students will go to the Summer Palace if it _______ (not rain) tomorrow. 2.If he _________ (walk) to school, he’ll be late. 3.If she likes it, she __________ (read) it soon. 4.If you play computer games on weekdays, you _________ (be) tired. 5.If you ___________ (work) hard, your dream will come true. 6.If she ___________ (study) hard, she will go to Beijing University. 7.If it ___________ (rain) tomorrow, I will play the piano at home. 8.If my brother _____ (have) much money in the future, he will travel all over the world.三.单项选择。( )1.-I think Andy is going to wear jeans to the party. -If he _________ ,the teacher won’t let him in. A.is B.do C.has D.does ( )2.I don’t know if he ________ a party tomorrow. If they ______, I’m sure they will invite you. A.will,have; will,have B. will,have; do C.has; will,have D. has; do( )3.I had a great time ________ soccer yesterday. A.to play B.playing C.play D.played( )4.There _______ a party next Sunday. A.will have B.is going to have C.will hold D.will be 【总结提升】我的收获:________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 10 If you go to the party,you’ll have a great time! 第四课时Section B(1a - 1e)【学习目标】1.学习并熟练掌握下列单词: travel, agent, travel abound the world, get an education 2.学习并熟练掌握下列句型:(1)If you join the Lions, you’ll become a great soccer player.(2)—What do you think I should do? —I think you should go to college【学习重难点】 If 引导的条件状语从句的理解和运用。【学法指导】1.查词汇表,自学本课时新词汇。2.小组合作,互助学习,练习对话。【自学互助】一.朗读本课时1a的短语,仔细观察各短语并记忆。二.英汉互译。 be famous for __________________ work hard _____________________ become a Lion __________________ go to college __________________ 赚大钱 _________________________ 接受教育________________________ 全世界旅游_____________________ 一位伟大的足球运动员______________三.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】角色读,仔细听,认真评。【质疑互究】探究一:辨析 join与take part in join v. 参加,加入;连接,结合。指加入某个组织并成为该组织的一个成员。例如:If you join the Lions, you’ll become a great soccer player. 如果你加入雄狮队,你将会成为一个了不起的足球运动员。take part in常用来指参加某项活动,并在活动中起一定作用。例如:Our school is taking part in a project to help people. 我们学校正加入一项助人活动。试一试 选词join / take part in并用其适当形式填空。①他是去年入的党。He ________ the Party last year. ②上星期五他们参加了那项比赛。They _______________ the game last Friday. ③They hope they can ______ the Sun Club next month. A.take part in B.join in C.join D.be ④Will you give him a chance ____ the important meeting tomorrow? A.take part B.take part in C.to take part in D.to join探究二: 辨析 go to college与go to the college go to college “上大学”,也可说go to university,与go to school一样,名词前不加冠词,表示去大学学习; go to the college表示去的地点是大学。试一试: 选词填空 go to college / go to the collegeTom is very happy because he will _______ in this autumn. His mother said she would _______ to see him if she misses him very much.【检测互评】一.用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.If you want to keep _______ (health),you have to take more exercise. 2.I _______ (real) don’t know how to take photos. 3.The children are playing on the playground ________. (happy) 4.If it __________ (be) fine next Sunday, we _________ (help) the farmers pick apples. 5.If it _______(be) fine tomorrow, we’ll go for an outing. 6.If he _______(come) to see me, I’ll be very happy. 7.If he ________ (study) hard, he’ll pass the exam. 8.If she _______(live) with us, we’ll take good care of her. 9.If it ________ (not rain) tomorrow, we’ll go to visit the People’s Park. 10.He has a lot of chances _________(join) the team.二. 根据汉语提示完成句子。 1.I think every child should _________ _________ _________(接受教育)。 2.To support his family, he has to work hard _________ __________ __________(为了挣钱). 3.The students _________ _________ _________(参加)all kinds of activities after school. 4.How does _________ _________ _________ (足球代理人) talk about? 5.我的梦想去上大学。 My dream is to _________ _________ _________. 6.中国因为长城而闻名。 China is_________ _________ the Great Wall. 7.如果我有时间,我将去环游世界。 If I have time, I will ________ ________ _________ __________.【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________ Unit 10 If you go to the party,you’ll have a great time!第五课时Section B (2a - 4)【学习目标】1.学习并熟练掌握下列单词和短语:expert, keep…to oneself, themselves, teenager, normal, unless, certainly, wallet, worried, mile, angry, in the end, understanding, careless, mistake, himself, careful, advise, solve, step, trust, experience, in half, halfway.2.学习并熟练掌握下列句型: (1) If people have problems, they should get advice from an expert. (2) If people have problems, they should try to keep them to themselves. (3) Some people believe the worst thing is to do nothing. (4) Unless we talk to someone, we’ll certainly feel worst.【学习重难点】If 引导的条件状语从句的理解和运用。【学法指导】1.自主朗读本课时单词仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。2.自学课文2b,勾画出文中不能理解的短语和句子。【自学互助】一.朗读本课时单词,仔细观察单词中各字母的发音特点并记忆。二.阅读课文2b,勾画不懂的或者你认为难理解的词句,并做好标记。三.英汉互译。 get advice from sb 保守秘密 have problems with 丢了钱包 make mistakes _______________________ 第一步 _________________________ run away from 有更多的经验 cut in half _______________________ 最后,终于 _____________________ 四.通过互助学习后,我的疑惑是:_________________________________________________________________________【展示互导】朗读课文,认真听、评。【质疑互究】探究一:反身代词又称自身代词。其构成可以归纳为“一、二物主、三宾格”,即:第一、二人称的反身代词分别由其相应的形容词性物主代词加后缀“-self / -selves”构成,第三人称的反身代词则由其相应的人称代词宾格形式加后缀“-self / selves ”构成。例如:She taught herself English at that time. / She learnt English by herself. (2)反身代词常可以与“enjoy,help,hurt,teach,wash,learn,leave,look after”等词(组)连用。“(all) by oneself”是最常用的词组,相当于“alone,without one’s help”,译作“单独的、独自的”,“for oneself”译作“亲自、亲身”。enjoy oneself 相当于 have a good time “玩得高兴”; help oneself to ...(招待用语)“随便吃……”;teach oneself / learn by oneself“自学……”;look after oneself “照顾某人自己”;wash oneself “自己洗漱”.....例如:My brother is too young to look after himself.。 We can’t leave our child by herself at home.试一试: Take good care of ______, Jim. A. yourself B. yourselves C. yourselfs 探究二:have a problem with sth = have a problem (in) doing sth. 做某事有困难。类似用法have a difficult time doing sth. 相当于have a hard time (in) doing sth. 意为“做某事很吃力”。 例如:He has a difficult /hard time (in) learning English. 他学英语很吃力。归纳:动名词前省略介词in的常用结构有:have difficulty (in) doing sth. 做某事有困难 have trouble (in) doing sth. 做某事有麻烦have a good time/fun (in) doing sth. 做某事很开心spend some time (in) doing sth. 做某事花费一段时间be busy (in) doing sth 忙于做某事试一试: Last year I had problems ________ English. I had a hard time ________ grammar.A.with; in studying B.in; with studying C.with; study D.in; study【检测互评】 根据汉语提示完成句子。1.如果人们有难题,他们不应该试着保守秘密。他们应该找个专家寻求建议。If people _________ _________, they ________ try to _______ _______ ______ _______. They should _________ __________ from an ______.2.如果我们不找人聊天,我们一定会感觉更糟。__________ we don’t talk to someone, we’ll ________ _________ __________.3.他爸爸说有时候他自己也犯很粗心的错误。 His dad said he sometimes __________ ________ __________ __________.4.最后,她和朋友聊了关于那件事,他们真的很善解人意。______ ______ ______, she _______ _______ her friends about it and they were ______ ______.5.他妈妈把西瓜切成两半。His mother ______ the watermelon ______ _______.6.他们认为你不应该逃避问题,而是应该试着解决问题。They think you shouldn’t ________ ________ _______ your problems, but you should _______ _______ ________ them.【总结提升】我的收获:_____________________________________________________________我的不足:_____________________________________________________________Unit 10 If you go to the party,you’ll have a great time!第六课时 Self check单项选择。( )1.If our government attention to controlling food safety now, our health ____ in danger. A. won’t pay; is B. doesn’t pay; is C. won’t pay; will be D. doesn’t pay; will be( )2.The father was about his son. The little boy is always . A. worried; worrying B. worrying; worried C. worry; worried D. worried; worry( )3.I have a difficult time ____ my math well. A. to learn B. learning C. learn D. learns( )4. ________run at the party, Jim. They asked you _______ any noise now. A. Don’t; not to make B. Don’t; don’t make C. No; not to make D. No; don’t make( )5.—Could we go and watch the football game?—No, _____ you have the tickets. A. if B. unless C. because D. since( )6.─Mrs. Zhang was sent to teach English in a poor mountain village last year. ─She said she would never forget some pleasant ______while working there. A. experiments B. expressions C. experiences D. emotions( )7.I won’t take part in Julie’s birthday party ________ I am invited. A. unless B. after C. because D. if( )8. No one can be successful ____ hard work. A. through B. for C. with D. without( )9.Today is September 10th. It’s _____ Day. Let’s go and buy some flowers for our teachers. A. Teacher B. Teachers’ C. the Teachers’ D. Teacher’s( )10.Please try ________ English if you want to learn English well. A.practice B. to practice C. practicing D. Practices( )11. He is to school. A. old enough to go B. enough old going C. enough old to go D. old enough go( )12.—Can we bring food to the cinema ? —I ________ so. If you do that, they won’t let you in. A. think B. don’t think C. hope D. don’t hope( )13.—Sally, could you give me some _________ on English learning? —Of course. You’d better get much listening practice. A. advice B. news C. gifts D. Ways二.用所给词的适当形式填空。1.Wang Lin did very ____________ (bad) in 100-meter race.2.Tom says he _______________ (play) football at ten yesterday morning.3.If he ___________ (come) tomorrow, I ______________(call) you .4.Famous singers can also have a lot of (problem).5.Don’t you want to get an (educate)?6.There are many _________(visit) to __________(visit) the West Lake every year.7.Mary asked Li Ming ___________ (help) him with his Chinese.8.She has sent her baby to the ___________ (child) hospital.9.Tell him not to bring food here. If he __________(do), I’ll take it away.10.We ___________ (climb) the mountain if it ________(not rain) tomorrow.三.用所给词的适当形式完成短文。 Many young people want___________(be) a professional athlete. They think it’s interesting and wonderful. If they ____________(become) a champion, they can make a living by__________(do) something they really love, and they____________(be) famous. Lots of people will look up to them all the time and they can do lots of work___________(help) people. But ____________(be) a professional athlete_____________(be) very dangerous and they can_____________(hurt) very often. People___________(watch) them all the time. This can make life difficult.So you must_____________(think) about it before you want to be a professional athlete.四.如果将来你有了很多钱,你会用它来干些什么,请以“If I have a lot of money ”为题,写一篇短文。______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ exercise every morning run 30 minutes eat vegetable sand fruit every day eat meat and fish twice a week eat junk food neverHow did you get to school five years ago?How do you get to school now?Where did you live five years ago?Where do you live now?What will your life be like in ten years?(职业)A: What about the turkey?B: Do you like it very much?C: How do you make a turkey sandwich?D: How many turkey slices?E: Do you have any questions?F: Sounds delicious.G: Can you do it by yourself?H: How many tomatoes?

相关资料
更多